Appendix A — Division B

Explanatory Material

A-9.1.1.1.(1) Application of Part 9 to Seasonally and Intermittently Occupied Buildings
The change beginBuilding By-lawchange end does not provide separate requirements which would apply to seasonally or intermittently occupied buildings. Without compromising the basic health and safety provisions, however, various requirements in Part 9 recognize that leniency may be appropriate in some circumstances. With greater use of “cottages” through the winter months, the proliferation of seasonally occupied multiple-dwelling buildings and the increasing installation of modern conveniences in these buildings, the number and extent of possible exceptions is reduced.
Thermal Insulation
Article 9.25.2.1. specifies that insulation is to be installed in walls, ceilings and floors which separate heated space from unheated space. Cottages intended for use only in the summer and which, therefore, have no space heating appliances, would not be required to be insulated. Should a heating system be installed at some later date, insulation should also be installed at that time. In the case of row units intended for intermittent winter use, the walls between the dwelling units may at times separate heated space from unheated space. In this case, the installation of insulation might be considered.
Air Barrier Systems and Vapour Barriers
Articles 9.25.3.1. and 9.25.4.1. require the installation of air barrier systems and vapour barriers only where insulation is installed. Dwellings with no heating system would thus be exempt from these requirements.
Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes
The choice of interior wall and ceiling finishes has implications for fire safety. Where a dwelling is a detached building, there are no fire resistance requirements for the walls or ceilings within the dwelling. The exposed surfaces of walls and ceilings are required to have a flame-spread rating not greater than 150 (Subsection 9.10.17.). There is, therefore, considerable flexibility, even in continuously occupied dwellings, with respect to the materials used to finish these walls. Except where waterproof finishes are required (Subsection 9.29.2.), ceilings and walls may be left unfinished. Where two units adjoin, however, additional fire resistance requirements may apply to interior loadbearing walls, floors and the shared wall (Article 9.10.8.3., and Subsections 9.10.9. and 9.10.11.).
Plumbing and Electrical Facilities
Plumbing fixtures are required only where a piped water supply is available (Subsection 9.31.4.), and electrical facilities only where electrical services are available (Article 9.34.1.2.).

contentHistory

A-9.3.2.1.(1) Grade Marking of Lumber
Lumber is generally grouped for marketing into the species combinations contained in Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)A. The maximum allowable spans for those combinations are listed in the span tables for joists, rafters and beams. Some species of lumber are also marketed individually. Since the allowable span for the northern species combination is based on the weakest species in the combination, the use of the span for this combination is permitted for any individual species not included in the Spruce-Pine-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch and Hemlock-Fir combinations.
Facsimiles of typical grade marks of lumber associations and grading agencies accredited by the Canadian Lumber Standards (CLS) Accreditation Board to grade mark lumber in Canada are shown in Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)B. Accreditation by the CLS Accreditation Board applies to the inspection, grading and grade marking of lumber, including mill supervisory service, in accordance with CSA O141, “Softwood Lumber.”
The grade mark of a CLS accredited agency on a piece of lumber indicates its assigned grade, species or species combination, moisture condition at the time of surfacing, the responsible grader or mill of origin and the CLS accredited agency under whose supervision the grading and marking was done.
Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)A
Species Designations and Abbreviations
Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.3.2.1.(1)
Commercial Designation of Species or Species Combination Abbreviation Permitted on Grade Stamps Species Included
Douglas Fir – Larch D Fir – L (N) Douglas Fir, Western Larch
Hemlock – Fir Hem – Fir (N) Western Hemlock, Amabilis Fir
Spruce – Pine – Fir S – P – F or
Spruce – Pine – Fir 		White Spruce, Engelmann Spruce, Black Spruce, Red Spruce, Lodgepole Pine, Jack Pine, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir
Northern Species North Species Any Canadian softwood covered by change beginNLGA 2010, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber”change end
Canadian lumber is graded to the change beginNLGA 2010, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber,”change end published by the National Lumber Grades Authority. The NLGA rules specify standard grade names and grade name abbreviations for use in grade marks to provide positive identification of lumber grades. In a similar fashion, standard species names or standard species abbreviations, symbols or marks are provided in the rules for use in grade marks.
Grade marks denote the moisture content of lumber at the time of surfacing. “S-Dry” in the mark indicates the lumber was surfaced at a moisture content not exceeding 19%. “MC 15” indicates a moisture content not exceeding 15%. “S-GRN” in the grade mark signifies that the lumber was surfaced at a moisture content higher than 19% at a size to allow for natural shrinkage during seasoning.
Each mill or grader is assigned a permanent number. The point of origin of lumber is identified in the grade mark by use of a mill or grader number or by the mill name or abbreviation. The CLS certified agency under whose supervision the lumber was grade marked is identified in the mark by the registered symbol of the agency.
Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)B
Facsimiles of Grade Marks Used by Canadian Lumber Manufacturing Associations and Agencies Authorized to Grade Mark Lumber in Canada
Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.3.2.1.(1)

Facsimiles of Grade Mark

Association or Agency

Alberta Forest Products Association
500–10709 Jasper Avenue
Edmonton, Alberta T5J 3N3
www.albertaforestproducts.ca

Canadian Mill Services Association
#200, 601–6th Street
New Westminster, British Columbia V3L 3C1
www.canserve.org

Canadian Softwood Inspection Agency Inc.
1047–250A Street
Aldergrove, British Columbia V4W 2S8

Central Forest Products Association Inc.
c/o Reimer & Co., Chartered Accountants
PO Box 146
Swan River, Manitoba R0L 1Z0

Council of Forest Industries
Southern Region:
360–1855 Kirschner Road
Kelowna, British Columbia V1Y 4N7
Northern Region:
400–1488 Fourth Avenue
Prince George, British Columbia V2L 4Y2
www.cofi.org

Macdonald Inspection Services Ltd.
842 Eland Drive
Campbell River, British Columbia V9W 6Y8
www.gradestamp.com

Maritime Lumber Bureau
PO Box 459
Amherst, Nova Scotia B4H 4A1
www.mlb.ca

Newfoundland & Labrador Lumber Producers Association
PO Box 8
Glovertown, Newfoundland A0G 2L0
www3.nf.sympatico.ca/nllpa

Northwest Territories Forest Industries Association
PO Box 220
Fort Smith, Northwest Territories X0E 0P0

Ontario Forest Industries Association
(Home of CLA Grading and Inspection)
20 Toronto Street

Suite 950
Toronto, Ontario M5C 2B8
www.ofia.com

Ontario Lumber Manufacturers' Association
PO Box 97530
Toronto, Ontario M1C 4Z1
www.olma.ca

Pacific Lumber Inspection Bureau
1010 S. 336th Street
Suite 300
Federal Way, Washington 98003 USA
British Columbia Division:
PO Box 19118
Fourth Avenue Postal Outlet
Vancouver, British Columbia V6K 4R8
www.plib.org

Quebec Forest Industry Council
(Conseil de l'industrie forestière du Québec)
1175, avenue Lavigerie
Bureau 200
Sainte-Foy (Québec) G1V 4P1
www.qfic.gc.ca
A-Table 9.3.2.1. Lumber Grading
To identify board grades, the paragraph number of the NLGA rules under which the lumber is graded must be shown in the grade mark. Paragraph 113 is equivalent to WWPA rules and paragraph 114 is equivalent to WCLIB rules. When graded in accordance with WWPA or WCLIB rules, the grade mark will not contain a paragraph number.
A-9.3.2.8.(1) Non-Standard Lumber
change beginNLGA 2010, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber,”change end permits lumber to be dressed to sizes below the standard sizes (38 × 89, 38 × 140, 38 × 184, etc.) provided the grade stamp shows the reduced size. This Sentence permits the use of the span tables for such lumber, provided the size indicated on the stamp is not less than 95% of the corresponding standard size. Allowable spans in the tables must be reduced a full 5% even if the undersize is less than the 5% permitted.
A-9.3.2.9.(1) Protection from Termites
Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-A
Known termite locations
Notes to Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-A:
(1)
Reference: J.K. Mauldin (1982), N.Y. Su (1995), T. Myles (1997).
Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-B
Clearances under structural wood elements and visibility of supporting elements where required to permit inspection for termite infestation
A-9.3.2.9.(3) Protection of Structural Wood Elements from Moisture and Decay
There are many above-ground, structural wood systems where precipitation is readily trapped or drying is slow, creating conditions conducive to decay. Beams extending beyond roof decks, junctions between deck members, and connections between balcony guards and walls are three examples of elements that can accumulate water when exposed to precipitation if they are not detailed to allow drainage.
A-9.3.2.9.(4) Protection of Retaining Walls and Cribbing from Decay
Retaining walls supporting soil are considered to be structural elements of the building if a line drawn from the outer edge of the footing to the bottom of the exposed face of the retaining wall is greater than 45° to the horizontal. Retaining walls supporting soil may be structural elements of the building if the line described above has a lower slope.
Figure A-9.3.2.9.(4)
Identifying retaining walls that require preservative treatment
Retaining walls that are not critical to the support of building foundations but are greater than 1.2 m in height may pose a danger of sudden collapse to persons adjacent to the wall if the wood is not adequately protected from decay. The height of the retaining wall or cribbing is measured as the vertical difference between the ground levels on each side of the wall.
A-9.4.1.1. Structural Design
Article 9.4.1.1. establishes the principle that the structural members of Part 9 buildings must
Usually a combination of approaches is used. For example, even if the snow load calculation on a wood roof truss is based on Subsections 9.4.2., the joints must be designed in accordance with Part 4. Wall framing may comply with the prescriptive requirements in Subsections 9.23.3., 9.23.10., 9.23.11. and 9.23.12., while the floor framing may be engineered.
Design according to Part 4 or accepted good engineering practice, such as that described in CWC 2009, “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction,” requires engineering expertise. The CWC Guide contains alternative solutions and provides information on the applicability of the Part 9 prescriptive structural requirements to further assist designers and building officials to identify the appropriate design approach. The need for professional involvement in the structural design of a building, whether to Part 4 or Part 9 requirements or accepted good practice, is defined by provincial and territorial legislation.
change beginA-9.4.2.2.change end Application of Simplified Part 9 Snow Loads
The simplified specified snow loads described in Article 9.4.2.2. may be used where the structure is of the configuration that is typical of traditional wood-frame residential construction and its performance. This places limits on the spacing of joists, rafters and trusses, the spans of these members and supporting members, deflection under load, overall dimensions of the roof and the configuration of the roof. It assumes considerable redundancy in the structure.
Because very large buildings may be constructed under Part 9 by constructing firewalls to break up the building area, it is possible to have Part 9 buildings with very large roofs. The simplified specified snow loads may not be used when the total roof area of the overall structure exceeds 4 550 m2. Thus, the simplified specified snow load calculation may be used for typical townhouse construction but would not be appropriate for much larger commercial or industrial buildings, for example.
The simplified specified snow loads are also not designed to take into account roof configurations that seriously exacerbate snow accumulation. This does not pertain to typical projections above a sloped roof, such as dormers, nor does it pertain to buildings with higher and lower roofs. Although two-level roofs generally lead to drift loading, smaller light-frame buildings constructed according to Part 9 have not failed under these loads. Consequently, the simplified calculation may be used in these cases. Rather, this limitation on application of the simplified calculation pertains to roofs with high parapets or significant other projections above the roof, such as elevator penthouses, mechanical rooms or larger equipment that would effectively collect snow and preclude its blowing off the roof.
The reference to Article 9.4.3.1. invokes, for roof assemblies other than common lumber trusses, the same performance criteria for deflection.
The unit weight of snow on roofs, γ, obtained from measurements at a number of weather stations across Canada varied from about 1.0 to 4.5 kN/m3. An average value for use in design in lieu of better local data is γ = 3.0 kN/m3. In some locations the unit weight of snow may be considerably greater than 3.0 kN/m3. Such locations include regions where the maximum snow load on the roof is reached only after contributions from many snowstorms, coastal regions, and regions where winter rains are considerable and where a unit weight as high as 4.0 kN/m3 may be appropriate.

contentHistory

A-9.4.2.3.(1) Accessible Platforms Subject to Snow and Occupancy Loads
Many platforms are subject to both occupancy loads and snow loads. These include balconies, decks, verandas, flat roofs over garages and carports. Where such a platform, or a segregated area of such a platform, serves a single dwelling unit, it must be designed for the greater of either the specified snow load or an occupancy load of 1.9 kPa. Where the platform serves more than one single dwelling unit or an occupancy other than a residential occupancy, higher occupancy loads will apply as specified in Table 4.1.5.3.
A-9.4.2.4.(1) Specified Loads for Attics or Roof Spaces with Limited Accessibility
Typical residential roofs are framed with roof trusses and the ceiling is insulated.
Residential trusses are placed at 600 mm on centre with web members joining top and bottom chords. Lateral web bracing is installed perpendicular to the span of the trusses. As a result, there is limited room for movement inside the attic or roof space or for storage of material. Access hatches are generally built to the minimum acceptable dimensions, further limiting the size of material that can be moved into the attic or roof space.
With exposed insulation in the attic or roof space, access is not recommended unless protective clothing and breathing apparatus are worn.
Thus the attic or roof space is recognized as uninhabitable and loading can be based on actual dead load. In emergency situations or for the purpose of inspection, it is possible for a person to access the attic or roof space without over-stressing the truss or causing damaging deflections.
A-Table 9.4.4.1. Classification of Soils
Sand or gravel may be classified by means of a picket test in which a 38 mm by 38 mm picket bevelled at the end at 45° to a point is pushed into the soil. Such material is classified as “dense or compact” if a man of average weight cannot push the picket more than 200 mm into the soil and “loose” if the picket penetrates 200 mm or more.
Clay and silt may be classified as “stiff” if it is difficult to indent by thumb pressure, “firm” if it can be indented by moderate thumb pressure, “soft” if it can be easily penetrated by thumb pressure, where this test is carried out on undisturbed soil in the wall of a test pit.
A-9.4.4.4.(1) Soil Movement
In susceptible soils, changes in temperature or moisture content can cause significant expansion and contraction. Soils containing pyrites can expand simply on exposure to air.
Expansion and Contraction due to Moisture
Clay soils are most prone to expansion and contraction due to moisture. Particularly wet seasons can sufficiently increase the volume of the soil under and around the structure to cause heaving of foundations and floors-on-ground, or cracking of foundation walls. Particularly dry seasons or draw-down of water by fast-growing trees can decrease the volume of the soil supporting foundations and floors-on-ground, thus causing settling.
Frost Heave
Frost heave is probably the most commonly recognized phenomenon related to freezing soil. Frost heave results when moisture in frost-susceptible soil (clay and silt) under the footings freezes and expands. This mechanism is addressed by requirements in Section 9.12. regarding the depth of excavations.
Ice Lenses
When moisture in frost-susceptible soils freezes, it forms an ice lens and reduces the vapour pressure in the soil in the area immediately around the lens. Moisture in the ground redistributes to rebalance the vapour pressures providing more moisture in the area of the ice lens. This moisture freezes to the lens and the cycle repeats itself. As the ice lens grows, it exerts pressure in the direction of heat flow. When lenses form close to foundations and heat flow is toward the foundation—as may be the case with unheated crawl spaces or open concrete block foundations insulated on the interior—the forces may be sufficient to crack the foundation.
Adfreezing
Ice lenses can adhere themselves to cold foundations. Where heat flow is essentially upward, parallel to the foundation, the pressures exerted will tend to lift the foundation. This may cause differential movement or cracking of the foundation. Heat loss through basement foundations of cast-in-place concrete or concrete block insulated on the exterior appears to be sufficient to prevent adfreezing. Care must be taken where the foundation does not enclose heated space or where open block foundations are insulated on the interior. The installation of semi-rigid glass fibre insulation has demonstrated some effectiveness as a separation layer to absorb the adfreezing forces.
Pyrites
Pyrite is the most common iron disulphide mineral in rock and has been identified in rock of all types and ages. It is most commonly found in metamorphic and sedimentary rock, and especially in coal and shale deposits.
Weathering of pyritic shale is a chemical-microbiological oxidation process that results in volume increases that can heave foundations and floors-on-ground. Concentrations of as little as 0.1% by weight have caused heaving. Weathering can be initiated simply by exposing the pyritic material to air. Thus, building on soils that contain pyrites in concentrations that will cause damage to the building should be avoided, or measures should be taken to remove the material or seal it. Material containing pyrites should not be used for backfill at foundations or for supporting foundations or floors-on-ground.
Where it is not known if the soil or backfill contains pyritic material in a deleterious concentration, a test is available to identify its presence and concentration.
References:
Legget, R.F. and Crawford, C.B. Trees and Buildings. Canadian Building Digest 62, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1965.
Hamilton, J.J. Swelling and Shrinking Subsoils. Canadian Building Digest 84, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1966.
Hamilton, J.J. Foundations on Swelling and Shrinking Subsoils. Canadian Building Digest 184, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1977.
Penner, W., Eden, W.J., and Gratten-Bellew, P.E. Expansion of Pyritic Shales. Canadian Building Digest 152, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1975.
Swinton, M.C., Brown, W.C., and Chown, G.A. Controlling the Transfer of Heat, Air and Moisture through the Building Envelope. Small Buildings - Technology in Transition, Building Science Insight '90, Institute for Research in Construction, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1990.
A-9.4.4.6. and 9.15.1.1. Loads on Foundations
The prescriptive solutions provided in Part 9 relating to footings and foundation walls only account for the loads imposed by drained earth. Drained earth is assumed to exert a load equivalent to the load that would be exerted by a fluid with a density of 480 kg/m3. The prescriptive solutions do not account for surcharges from saturated soil or additional loads from heavy objects located adjacent to the building. Where such surcharges are expected, the footings and foundation walls must be designed and constructed according to Part 4.
A-9.5.1.2. Combination Rooms
If a room draws natural light and natural ventilation from another area, the opening between the two areas must be large enough to effectively provide sufficient light and air. This is why a minimum opening of 3 m2 is required, or the equivalent of a set of double doors. The effectiveness of the transfer of light and air also depends on the size of the transfer opening in relation to the size of the dependent room; in measuring the area of the wall separating the two areas, the whole wall on the side of the dependent room should be considered, not taking into account offsets that may be in the surface of the wall.
The opening does not necessarily have to be in the form of a doorway; it may be an opening at eye level. However, if the dependent area is a bedroom, provision must be made for the escape window required by Article 9.9.10.1. to fulfill its safety function. This is why a direct passage is required between the bedroom and the other area; the equivalent of at least a doorway is therefore required for direct passage between the two areas.
A-9.5.5.3. Doorways to Rooms with a Bathtub, Shower or Water Closet
If the minimum 860 mm hallway serves more than one room with identical facilities, only one of the rooms is required to have a door not less than 760 mm wide.
If a number of rooms have different facilities, for example, one room has a shower, lavatory and water closet, and another room has a lavatory and water closet, the room with the shower, lavatory and water closet must have the minimum 760 mm wide door. Where multiple rooms provide the same or similar facilities, one of these rooms must comply with the requirement to have at least one bathtub or shower, one lavatory and one water closet. Where the fixtures are located in two separate rooms served by the same hallway, the requirement for the minimum doorway width would apply to both rooms.
If the minimum 860 mm hallway does not serve any room containing a bathtub, shower and water closet, additional fixtures do not need to be installed.

contentHistory

change beginA-9.6.1.1.(1) Application
The scope of this Section includes glass installed on the interior or on the exterior of a building.change end
A-9.6.1.2.(2) Mirrored Glass Doors
CAN/CGSB-82.6-M covers mirrored glass doors for use on reach-in closets. It specifies that such doors are not to be used for walk-in closets.
change beginA-9.6.1.3.(1) BC Deletedchange end

contentHistory

A-Table 9.6.1.3. Glass in Doors
Maximum areas in Table 9.6.1.3. for other than fully tempered glazing are cut off at 1.50 m2, as this would be the practical limit after which safety glass would be required by Sentence 9.6.1.4.(2).change end
change beginA-9.7. Windows, Doors and Skylights
This section applies only to windows, doors and skylights as defined in the scope of the standards referenced in Article 9.7.4.2. Other glazed products, such as site-built windows, curtain walls or sloped glazing, are required to conform to Part 5.
It is also permitted for fenestration products within the scope of the NAFS standard to conform to Part 5. This option is typically used for windows and doors that are impractical to subject to the testing requirements of NAFS due to their size or for custom configurations.change end
A-9.7.3.2.(1)(a) Minimizing Condensation
The total prevention of condensation on the surfaces of fenestration products is difficult to achieve and, depending on the design and construction of the window or door, may not be absolutely necessary. Clause 9.7.3.2.(1)(a) therefore requires that condensation be minimized, which means that the amount of moisture that condenses on the inside surface of a window, door or skylight, and the frequency at which this occurs, must be limited. The occurrence of such condensation must be sufficiently rare, the accumulation of any water must be sufficiently small, and drying must be sufficiently rapid to prevent the deterioration of moisture-susceptible materials and the growth of fungi.
change beginA-9.7.4. Design and Construction
Garage doors, sloped glazing, curtain walls, storefronts, commercial entrance systems, site-built or site-glazed products, revolving doors, interior windows and doors, storm windows, storm doors, sunrooms and commercial steel doors are not in the scope of NAFS.
All windows, doors and skylights installed to separate conditioned space from unconditioned space or the exterior must also conform to Section 9.36.change end
A-9.7.4.2.(1) Standards Referenced for Windows, Doors and Skylights
change beginGeneral
Doors between an unconditioned garage and a dwelling unit are considered to be in scope of the standard referenced in this Sentence. Although the standard refers to windows in “exterior building envelopes”, a note to the definition of “building envelope” clarifies that for the purpose of application of the standard, in some cases a building envelope may consist of 2 separate walls (such as a wall between garage and dwelling unit as well as the exterior wall of the garage itself).
A door leading to the exterior from an unconditioned garage is also within scope of the referenced standard, as it is also part of the exterior building envelope. However, because the scope of the change beginBuilding By-lawchange end takes precedence, these doors are not required to conform to “NAFS”. This Subsection of the change beginBy-lawchange end does not apply to a door separating two unconditioned spaces.change end
Canadian Requirements in the Harmonized Standard
In addition to referencing the Canadian Supplement, CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, NAFS – North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors, and Skylights,” the Harmonized Standard, AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “NAFS – North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors, and Skylights,” contains some Canada-specific test criteria.
Standards Referenced for Excluded Products
Clause 1.1, General, of the Harmonized Standard defines the limits to the application of the standard with respect to various types of fenestration products. A list of exceptions to the application statement identifies a number of standards that apply to excluded products. Compliance with those standards is not required by the change beginBy-lawchange end; the references are provided for information purposes only.
Label Indicating Performance and Compliance with Standard
The Canadian Supplement requires that a product’s performance ratings be indicated on a label according to the designation requirements in the Harmonized Standard and that the label include
It should be noted that, for a product to carry a label in Canada, it must meet all of the applicable requirements of both the Harmonized Standard and the Canadian Supplement, including the forced entry requirements.
Water Penetration Resistance
For the various performance grades listed in the Harmonized Standard, the corresponding water penetration resistance test pressures are a percentage of the design pressure. For R class products, water penetration resistance test pressures are 15 change beginper centchange end of design pressure. In Canada, driving rain wind pressures (DRWP) have been determined for the locations listed in Division B - Part 1 of the change beginBy-lawchange end. These are listed in the Canadian Supplement. The DRWP given in the Canadian Supplement must be used for all products covered in the scope of the Harmonized Standard when used in buildings within the scope of Part 9.
To achieve equivalent levels of water penetration resistance for all locations, the Canadian Supplement includes a provision for calculating specified DRWP at the building site considering building exposure. Specified DRWP values are, in some cases, greater than 15 change beginper centchange end of design pressure and, in other cases, less than 15 change beginper centchange end of design pressure. For a fenestration product to comply with the change beginBy-lawchange end, it must be able to resist the structural and water penetration loads at the building site. Reliance on a percentage of design pressure for water penetration resistance in the selection of an acceptable fenestration product will not always be adequate. Design pressure values are reported on a secondary designator, which is required by the Canadian Supplement to be affixed to the window.
As an alternative to the above noted provision in the Canadian Supplement for calculating specified DRWP, the Water Resistance values listed in Table C-4 of Appendix C may be used.
Uniform Load Structural Test
The Harmonized Standard specifies that fenestration products be tested at 150 change beginper centchange end of design pressure for wind (specified wind load) and that skylights and roof windows be tested at 200 change beginper centchange end of design pressure for snow (specified snow load). With the change in the NBC 2005 to a 1-in-50 return period for wind load, a factor of 1.4 rather than 1.5 is now applied for wind. The NBC has traditionally applied a factor of 1.5 rather than 2.0 for snow. Incorporating these lower load factors into the change beginBy-lawchange end requirements for fenestration would better reflect acceptable minimum performance levels; however, this has not been done in order to avoid adding complexity to the change beginBy-lawchange end, to recognize the benefits of Canada-US harmonization, and to recognize that differentiation of products that meet the Canadian versus the US requirements would add complexity for manufacturers, designers, specifiers and regulatory officials.
The required design pressure and Performance Grade (PG) rating of doors and windows has been listed for each of the geographic locations found in the Code in Table C-4. These may be used as an alternative to the specified wind load calculations in the Canadian Supplement.
Condensation Resistance
The Harmonized Standard identifies three test procedures that can be used to determine the condensation resistance of windows and doors. Only the physical test procedure given in CSA A440.2, can be used to establish Temperature Index (I) values. Computer simulation tools can also be used to estimate the relative condensation resistance of windows, but these methods employ different expressions of performance known as Condensation Resistance Factors (CR). I and CR values are not interchangeable.
Where removable multiple glazing panels (RMGP) are installed on the inside of a window, care should be taken to hermetically seal the RMGP against the leakage of moisture-laden air from the interior into the cavity on the exterior of the RMGP because the moisture transported by the air could lead to significant condensation on the interior surface of the outside glazing.
Basement Windows
Clause 8.4.2, Basement Windows, of the Harmonized Standard refers to products that are intended to meet change beginBy-lawchange end requirements for ventilation and emergency egress. The minimum test size of 800 mm x 360 mm (total area of 0.288 m2) specified in the standard will not provide the minimum openable area required by the change beginBy-lawchange end for bedrooms (i.e. 0.35 m2 with no dimension less than 380 mm) and the means to provide minimum open area identified in the standard is inconsistent with the requirements of the change beginBy-lawchange end (see Subsection 9.9.10. for bedroom windows). The minimum test size specified in the standard will also not provide the minimum ventilation area of 0.28 m2 required for non-heating-season natural ventilation (see Article 9.32.2.2.).
Greenhouse Windows
Greenhouse-type windows feature a sloped, roof-like top portion, which is subjected to the same snow loads as roofs. The Canadian Supplement only applies the snow load calculation to skylights, which do not include greenhouse windows according to the definition for skylights given in the Canadian Supplement and the Harmonized Standard. Where such windows are used, it is recommended that snow loads on the top portion of the window be taken into account.

contentHistory

change beginA-9.7.4.3.(2) Performance Requirements
If the option of calculating design pressure performance grade and water resistance values using the Canadian Supplement is chosen, the DRWP values in Table A.1 of that standard must be used for all buildings within the scope of Part 9 of the change beginBuilding By-lawchange end. This requirement applies whether the windows, doors and skylights are designed to conform to Article 9.7.4.2. or to Part 5.change end

contentHistory

A-9.7.5.2.(1) Forced Entry Via Glazing in Doors and Sidelights
There is no mandatory requirement that special glass be used in doors or sidelights, primarily because of cost. It is, however, a common method of forced entry to break glass in doors and sidelights to gain access to door hardware and unlock the door from the inside. Although insulated glass provides increased resistance over single glazing, the highest resistance is provided by laminated glass. Tempered glass, while stronger against static loads, is prone to shattering under high, concentrated impact loads.
Figure A-9.7.5.2.(1)
Combined laminated/annealed glazing
Laminated glass is more expensive than annealed glass and must be used in greater thicknesses. Figure A-9.7.5.2.(1) shows an insulated sidelight made of one pane of laminated glass and one pane of annealed glass. This method reduces the cost premium that would result if both panes were laminated.
Consideration should be given to using laminated glazing in doors and accompanying sidelights regulated by Article 9.6.1.3., in windows located within 900 mm of locks in such doors, and in basement windows.
Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada have produced ULC-S332, “Burglary Resisting Glazing Material,” which provides a test procedure to evaluate the resistance of glazing to attacks by thieves. While it is principally intended for plate glass show windows, it may be of value for residential purposes.
change beginA-9.7.5.2.(2) Deletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.7.5.2.(6) Door Fasteners
The purpose of the requirement for 30 mm screw penetration into solid wood is to prevent the door from being dislodged from the jamb due to impact forces. It is not the intent to prohibit other types of hinges or strikeplates that are specially designed to provide equal or greater protection.
A-9.7.5.2.(8) Hinged Doors
Methods of satisfying this Sentence include either using non-removable pin hinges or modifying standard hinges by screw fastening a metal pin in a screw hole in one half of the top and bottom hinges. When the door is closed, the projecting portion of the pin engages in the corresponding screw hole in the other half of the hinge and then, even if the hinge pin is taken out, the door cannot be removed.
change beginA-9.7.5.2.(10) & (11) Resistance to Forced Entry
Statistical evidence by Vancouver Police has identified that a frequently exploited point of entry in break-ins exists at the residential entry doors due to inherent weaknesses in wood door frame materials, and the location of strikeplate screws located along the grain and near to the deadbolt throw, which contribute to inability for the frame to resist forced entry.
The installation of a metal frame reinforcement plate (see Figure A-9.7.5.2.(10) & (11)-A & Figure A-9.7.5.2.(10) & (11)-B below) directly attached to the backside of a door frame before installation with increased spacing for the points of attachment would significantly increase the resistance of the door to forced entry. This will result in reduced incidence of crime and significantly reduce potential costs to owners.
Figure A-9.7.5.2.(10) & (11)-A
Typical Location of Door Frame Reinforcement
Figure A-9.7.5.2.(10) & (11)-B
Frame Reinforcement (Example)change end
A-9.7.5.3.(1) Resistance of Windows to Forced Entry
Although this Sentence only applies to windows within 2 m of adjacent ground level, certain house and site features, such as balconies or canopy roofs, allow for easy access to windows at higher elevations. Consideration should be given to specifying break-in resistant windows in such locations.
This Sentence does not apply to windows that do not serve the interior of the dwelling unit, such as windows to garages, sun rooms or greenhouses, provided connections between these spaces and the dwelling unit are secure.
One method that is often used to improve the resistance of windows to forced entry is the installation of metal “security bars.” However, while many such installations are effective in increasing resistance to forced entry, they may also reduce or eliminate the usefulness of the window as an exit in case of fire or other emergency that prevents use of the normal building exits. Indeed, unless such devices are easily openable from the inside, their installation in some cases would contravene the requirements of Article 9.9.10.1., which requires every bedroom that does not have an exterior door to have at least one window that is large enough and easy enough to open that it can be used as an exit in case of emergency. Thus an acceptable security bar system should be easy to open from the inside while still providing increased resistance to entry from the outside.
A-9.8.4. Step Dimensions
The change beginBy-lawchange end distinguishes three principal types of stair treads and uses the following terminology to describe them: rectangular treads are found in straight-run flights; angled treads are found in curved flights; winders are a special type of angled tread described in Appendix Note A-9.8.4.5. See Figure A-9.8.4.-A.
Figure A-9.8.4.-A
Types of treads
change beginArticles 9.8.4.1. to 9.8.4.6. specify various dimensional limits for steps. Figure A-9.8.4.-B illustrates the elements of a step and how these are to be measured.
Figure A-9.8.4.-B
Elements of steps and their measurementchange end

contentHistory

A-9.8.4.5. Winders
Where a stair must turn, the safest method of incorporating the turn is to use a landing. Within a dwelling unit, however, where occupants are familiar with their environment, winders are an acceptable method of reducing the amount of floor area devoted to the stair and have not been shown to be more hazardous than a straight run of steps. Nevertheless, care is required to ensure that winders are as safe as possible. Experience has shown that 30° winders are the best compromise and require the least change in the natural gait of the stair user; 45° winders are also acceptable, as they are wider. The change beginBy-lawchange end permits only these two angles. Although it is normal change beginBy-lawchange end practice to specify upper and lower limits, in this case it is necessary to limit the winders to specific angles with no tolerance above or below these angles other than normal construction tolerances. One result of this requirement is that winder-type turns in stairs are limited to 30° or 45° (1 winder), 60° (2 winders), or 90° (2 or 3 winders). See Figure A-9.8.4.5.
Figure A-9.8.4.5.
Winders

contentHistory

A-9.8.4.6. Tread Projection and Leading Edge of Steps
A sloped or bevelled edge on nosings or leading edges of steps will make the tread more visible through light modeling. The sloped portion of the leading edge must not be too wide so as to reduce the risk of slipping of the foot.
A-9.8.6.3.(1) Dimensions of Landings
Figure A-9.8.6.3.(1) illustrates various landing configurations.
Figure A-9.8.6.3.(1)
Landing configurations
A-9.8.7.2. Continuity of Handrails
The guidance and support provided by handrails is particularly important at the beginning and end of ramps and flights of stairs and at changes in direction such as at landings and winders.
The intent of the requirement in Sentence (1) for handrails to be continuous throughout the length of the stair is that the handrail be continuous from the bottom riser to the top riser of the stair. The required handrail may start back from the bottom riser only if it is supported by a newel post installed on the bottom tread. (See Figure A-9.8.7.2.)
For stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit, the intent of the requirement in Sentence (2) for handrails to be continuous throughout the length of the flight is that the handrail be continuous from the bottom riser to the top riser of the flight. Once again, the required handrail may start back from the bottom riser only if it is supported by a newel post installed on this line. (See Figure A-9.8.7.2.) With regard to stairs serving a single dwelling unit, the handrail may terminate at landings.
In the case of stairs within dwelling units that incorporate winders, the handrail should be configured so that it will in fact provide guidance and support to the stair user throughout the turn through the winder.
Figure A-9.8.7.2.
Continuity of handrails at the top and bottom of stairs and flights
A-9.8.7.3.(1) Termination of Handrails
Handrails are required to be installed so as not to obstruct pedestrian travel. To achieve this end, the rail should not extend so far into a hallway as to reduce the clear width of the hallway to less than the required width. Where the stair terminates in a room or other space, likely paths of travel through that room or space should be assessed to ensure that any projection of the handrail beyond the end of the stair will not interfere with pedestrian travel. As extensions of handrails beyond the first and last riser are not required in dwelling units (see Sentence 9.8.7.3.(2)) and as occupants of dwellings are generally familiar with their surroundings, the design of dwellings would not generally be affected by this requirement.
Handrails are also required to terminate in a manner that will not create a safety hazard to blind or visually impaired persons, children whose heads may be at the same height as the end of the rail, or persons wearing loose clothing or carrying items that might catch on the end of the rail. One approach to reducing potential hazards is returning the handrail to a wall, floor or post. Again, within dwelling units, where occupants are generally familiar with their surroundings, returning the handrail to a wall, floor or post may not be necessary. For example, where the handrail is fastened to a wall and does not project past the wall into a hallway or other space, a reasonable degree of safety is assumed to be provided; other alternatives may provide an equivalent level of protection.
A-9.8.7.3.(2) Handrail Extensions
As noted in Appendix Note A-9.8.7.2., the guidance and support provided by handrails is particularly important at the beginning and end of ramps and flights of stairs and at changes in direction. The extended handrail provides guidance and allows users to steady themselves upon entering or leaving a ramp or flight of stairs. Such extensions are particularly useful to visually-impaired persons, and persons with physical disabilities or who are encumbered in their use of the stairs or ramp.
A-9.8.7.4. Height of Handrails
change beginFigure A-9.8.7.4. illustrates how to measure handrail height.change end
Figure A-9.8.7.4.
change beginMeasuring handrail heightchange end
A-9.8.7.5.(2) Handrail Sections
Handrails are intended to provide guidance and support to stair users. To fulfil this intent, handrails must be “graspable.” Acceptable handrail sections include, but are not limited to, those shown below.
Figure A-9.8.7.5.(2)
Handrail sections
A-9.8.7.7. Attachment of Handrails
Handrails are intended to provide guidance and support to the stair user and to arrest falls. The loads on handrails may therefore be considerable. The attachment of handrails serving a single dwelling unit may be accepted on the basis of experience or structural design.
A-9.8.8.1. Required Guards
The requirements relating to guards stated in Part 9 are based on the premise that, wherever there is a difference in elevation of 600 mm or more between two floors, or between a floor or other surface to which access is provided for other than maintenance purposes and the next lower surface, the risk of injury in a fall from the higher surface is sufficient to warrant the installation of some kind of barrier to reduce the chances of such a fall. A wall along the edge of the higher surface will obviously prevent such a fall, provided the wall is sufficiently strong that a person cannot fall through it. Where there is no wall, a guard must be installed. Because guards clearly provide less protection than walls, additional requirements apply to guards to ensure that a minimum level of protection is provided. These relate to the characteristics described in A-9.8.8.3., A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (2), A-9.8.8.5.(3) and A-9.8.8.6.(2).
Examples of such surfaces where the difference in elevation could exceed 600 mm and consequently where guards would be required include, but are not limited to, landings, porches, balconies, mezzanines, galleries, and raised walkways. Especially in exterior settings, surfaces adjacent to walking surfaces, stairs or ramps often are not parallel to the walking surface or the surface of the treads or ramps. Consequently, the walking surface, stair or ramp may need protection in some locations but not in others. (See Figure A-9.8.8.1.) In some instances, grades are artificially raised close to walking surfaces, stairs or ramps to avoid installing guards. This provides little or no protection for the users. That is why the requirements specify differences in elevation not only immediately adjacent to the construction but also for a distance of 1 200 mm from it by requiring that the slope of the ground be within certain limits. (See Figure A-9.8.8.1.)
Figure A-9.8.8.1.
Required locations of guards
A-9.8.8.1.(5) Height of Window Sills above Floors or Ground
The primary intent of the requirement is to minimize the likelihood of small children falling significant heights from open windows. Reflecting reported cases, the requirement applies only to dwelling units and generally those located on the second floor or higher of residential or mixed use buildings where the windows are essentially free-swinging or free-sliding.
Free-swinging or free-sliding means that a window that has been cracked open can be opened further by simply pushing on the openable part of the window. Care must be taken in selecting windows, as some with special operating hardware can still be opened further by simply pushing on the window.
Casement windows with crank operators would be considered to conform to Clause (5)(b). To provide additional safety, where slightly older children are involved, occupants can easily remove the crank handles from these windows. Awning windows with scissor hardware, however, may not keep the window from swinging open once it is unlatched. Hopper windows would be affected only if an opening is created at the bottom as well as at the top of the window. The requirement will impact primarily on the use of sliding windows which do not incorporate devices in their construction that can be used to limit the openable area of the window.
The 100 mm opening limit is consistent with widths of openings that small children can fall through. It is only invoked, however, where the other dimension of the opening is more than 380 mm. Again, care must be taken in selecting a window. At some position, scissor hardware on an awning window may break up the open area such that there is no unobstructed opening with dimensions greater than 380 mm and 100 mm. At another position, however, though the window is not open much more, the hardware may not adequately break up the opening. The 450 mm height off the floor recognizes that furniture is often placed under windows and small children are often good climbers.
change beginA-9.8.8.1.(10) Protection Around Swimming Pools
Fences and gates enclosing swimming pools are intended to prevent unsupervised people and especially children from gaining access to a pool. The protective barrier may be located at the property boundary and may comprise building walls, gates and other barriers that meet guard requirements.change end
A-9.8.8.2. Loads on Guards
Guards must be constructed so as to be strong enough to protect persons from falling under normal use. Many guards installed in dwelling units or on exterior stairs serving one or two dwelling units have demonstrated acceptable performance over time. The loading described in the first row of Table 9.8.8.2. is intended to be consistent with the performance provided by these guards. Examples of guard construction presented in the “2006 Building Compendium, Volume 2, Supplementary Standard SB-7, Guards for Housing and Small Buildings” meet the criteria set in the National Building Code for loads on guards, including the more stringent requirements of Sentences 9.8.8.2.(1) and (2).
The load on guards within dwelling units, or on exterior guards serving not more than two dwelling units, is to be imposed over an area of the guard such that, where standard balusters are used and installed at the maximum 100 mm spacing permitted for required guards, 3 balusters will be engaged. Where the balusters are wider, only two may be engaged unless they are spaced closer together. Where the guard is not required, and balusters are installed more than 100 mm apart, fewer balusters may be required to carry the imposed load.

contentHistory

A-9.8.8.3. Minimum Heights
Guard heights are generally based on the waist heights of average persons. Generally, lower heights are permitted in dwelling units because the occupants become familiar with the potential hazards, and situations which lead to pushing and jostling under crowded conditions are less likely to arise.
A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (2) Risk of Falling through Guards
The risk of falling through a guard is especially prevalent for children. Therefore the requirements are stringent for guards in all buildings except industrial buildings, where children are unlikely to be present except under strict supervision.
A-9.8.8.5.(3) Risk of Children Getting Their Head Stuck between Balusters
The requirements to prevent children falling through guards also serve to provide adequate protection against this problem. However, guards are often installed where they are not required by the change beginBy-lawchange end; i.e., in places where the difference in elevation is less than 600 mm. In these cases, there is no need to require the openings between balusters to be less than 100 mm. However, there is a range of openings between 100 mm and 200 mm in which children can get their head stuck. Therefore, openings in this range are not permitted except in buildings of industrial occupancy, where children are unlikely to be present except under strict supervision.

contentHistory

A-9.8.8.6.(2) Horizontal and Vertical Clearances in Guards so as to not Facilitate Climbing
Compliance with Sentence 9.8.8.6.(1) can be achieved by satisfying one of the Clauses in Sentence 9.8.8.6.(2).
Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(a) allows guards with protrusions that are greater than 450 mm apart horizontally and vertically as the distance between the protrusions will be great enough to reduce the likelihood that young children will be able to get a handhold or toehold on the protrusions and climb the guard.
Figure A-9.8.8.6.(2)-A
Example of minimum horizontal and vertical clearances between protrusions in guards as described in Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(a)
Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(b) allows guards with protrusions that present a horizontal offset of 15 mm or less because insufficient foot purchase is provided to facilitate climbing.
Figure A-9.8.8.6.(2)-B
Examples of maximum horizontal offset of protrusions in guards as described in Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(b)
A guard that complies with Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(c) is deemed to not facilitate climbing because the spaces created by the protruding elements are too small to provide a toehold.
Figure A-9.8.8.6.(2)-C
Example of a guard with spaces created by the protruding elements that are not more than 45 mm wide and 20 mm high as described in Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(c)
A guard with protrusions that comply with Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(d) is deemed to not facilitate climbing because the slope of the protruding elements is considered too steep to provide adequate footing.
Figure A-9.8.8.6.(2)-D
Example of guard protrusions with a slope greater than 2 in 1 as described in Clause 9.8.8.6.(2)(d)
A-9.9.4.5.(1) Openings in Exterior Walls of Exits
Figure A-9.9.4.5.(1)
Protection of openings in exterior walls of exits
A-9.9.8.4.(1) Independent and Remote Exits
Subsection 9.9.8. requires that some floor areas have more than one exit. The intent is to ensure that, if one exit is made untenable or inaccessible by a fire, one or more other exits will be available to permit the occupants to escape. However, if the exits are close together, all exits might be made untenable or inaccessible by the same fire. Sentence 9.9.8.4.(1) therefore requires at least two of the exits to be located remotely from each other. This is not a problem in many buildings falling under Part 9. For instance, apartment buildings usually have exits located at either end of long corridors. However, in other types of buildings (e.g. dormitory and college residence buildings) this is often difficult to accomplish and problems arise in interpreting the meaning of the word “remote.” Article 3.4.2.3. is more specific, generally requiring the distance between exits to be one half the diagonal dimension of the floor area or at least 9 m. However, it is felt that such criteria would be too restrictive to impose on the design of all the smaller buildings which come under Part 9. Nevertheless, the exits should be placed as far apart as possible and the Part 3 criteria should be used as a target. Designs in which the exits are so close together that they will obviously both become contaminated in the event of a fire are not acceptable.
A-9.9.10.1.(1) Escape Windows from Bedrooms
Sentence 9.9.10.1.(1) generally requires every bedroom in an unsprinklered suite to have at least one window or door opening to the outside that is large enough and easy enough to open so that it can be used as an exit in the event that a fire prevents use of the building’s normal exits. The minimum unobstructed opening specified for escape windows must be achievable using only the normal window operating procedure. The escape path must not go through nor open onto another room, floor or space.
Where a bedroom is located in an unsprinklered suite in a basement, an escape window or door must be located in the bedroom. It is not sufficient to rely on egress through other basement space to another escape window or door.
Window Height
The Article does not set a maximum sill height for escape windows; it is therefore possible to install a window or skylight that satisfies the requirements of the Article but defeats the Article’s intent by virtue of being so high that it cannot be reached for exit purposes. It is recommended that the sills of windows intended for use as emergency exits be not higher than 1.5 m above the floor. However, it is sometimes difficult to avoid having a higher sill: on skylights and windows in basement bedrooms for example. In these cases, it is recommended that access to the window be improved by some means such as built-in furniture installed below the window.
Figure A-9.9.10.1.(1)
Built-in furniture to improve access to a window
A-9.9.10.1.(2) Bedroom Window Opening Areas and Dimensions
Although the minimum opening dimensions required for height and width are 380 mm, a window opening that is 380 mm by 380 mm would not comply with the minimum area requirements. (See Figure A-9.9.10.1.(2))
Figure A-9.9.10.1.(2)
Window opening areas and dimensions
change beginA-9.9.10.1.(3) Window Opening into a Window Well
Sentence 9.9.10.1.(3) specifies that there must be a minimum clearance of 760 mm in front of designated escape windows to allow persons to escape a basement bedroom in an emergency. This specified minimum clearance is consistent with the minimum required width for means of egress from a floor area (see Article 9.9.5.5.) and the minimum required width for path of travel on exit stairs (see Article 9.9.6.1.). It is considered the smallest acceptable clearance between the escape window and the facing wall of the window well that can accommodate persons trying to escape a bedroom in an emergency given that they are not moving straight through the window but must move outward and up, and must have sufficient space to change body orientation.
Once this clearance is provided, no additional clearance is needed for windows with sliders, casements, or inward-opening awnings. However, for windows with outward-opening awnings, additional clearance is needed to provide the required 760 mm beyond the outer edge of the sash. (See Figure A-9.9.10.1.(3).)
Depending on the likelihood of snow accumulation in the window well, it could be difficult — if not impossible — to escape in an emergency. The window well should be designed to provide sufficient clear space for a person to get out the window and then out the well, taking into account potential snow accumulation.
Hopper windows (bottom-hinged operators) should not be used as escape windows in cases where the occupants would be required to climb over the glass.
Figure A-9.9.10.1.(3)
Windows providing a means of escape that open into a window wellchange end
A-9.10.1.4.(1) Commercial Cooking Equipment
Part 6 refers to NFPA 96, “Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations,” which in turn references “Commercial Cooking Equipment.” However, the deciding factor as to whether or not NFPA 96 applies is the potential for production of grease-laden vapours and smoke, rather than the type of equipment used. While NFPA 96 does not apply to domestic equipment for normal residential family use, it should apply to domestic equipment used in commercial, industrial, institutional and similar cooking applications where the potential for the production of smoke and grease-laden vapours exceeds that for normal residential family use.
A-9.10.3.1. Fire and Sound Resistance of Building Assemblies
The following tables may be used to select building assemblies for compliance with Article 9.10.3.1. and Subsection 9.11.2.
Tables A-9.10.3.1.A and A-9.10.3.1.B have been developed from information gathered from tests. While a large number of the assemblies listed were tested, the fire-resistance and acoustical ratings for others were assigned on the basis of extrapolation of information from tests of similar assemblies. Where there was enough confidence relative to the fire performance of an assembly, the fire-resistance ratings were assigned relative to the commonly used minimum ratings of 30 min, 45 min and 1 h, including a designation of “< 30 min” for assemblies that are known not to meet the minimum 30-minute rating. Where there was not enough comparative information on an assembly to assign to it a rating with confidence, its value in the tables has been left blank (hyphen), indicating that its rating remains to be assessed through another means. Future work is planned to develop much of this additional information.
These tables are provided only for the convenience of change beginBy-lawchange end users and do not limit the number of assemblies permitted to those in the tables. Assemblies not listed or not given a rating in these tables are equally acceptable provided their fire and sound resistance can be demonstrated to meet the above-noted requirements either on the basis of test methods referred to in Article 9.10.3.1. and Subsection 9.11.1. or by using the data in Appendix D, Fire-Performance Ratings. It should be noted, however, that Tables A-9.10.3.1.A and A-9.10.3.1.B are not based on the same assumptions as those used in Appendix D. Assemblies in Tables A-9.10.3.1.A and A-9.10.3.1.B are described through their generic descriptions and variants and include details given in the notes to the tables. Assumptions for Appendix D include different construction details that must be followed rigorously for the calculated ratings to be expected. These are two different methods of choosing assemblies that meet required fire ratings.
change beginTable A-9.10.3.1.B presents fire-resistance and acoustical ratings for floor, ceiling and roof assemblies. The fire-resistance ratings are appropriate for all assemblies conforming to the construction specifications given in Table A-9.10.3.1.B, including applicable table notes. Acoustical ratings for assemblies decrease with decreasing depth and decreasing separation of the structural members; the values listed for sound transmission class and impact insulation class are suitable for the minimum depth of structural members identified in the description, including applicable table notes, and for structural member spacing of 305 mm o.c., unless other values are explicitly listed for the assembly. Adjustments to the acoustical ratings to allow for the benefit of deeper or more widely spaced structural members are given in Table Notes (8) and (9).change end
Table A-9.10.3.1.A
Fire and Sound Resistance of Walls
Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.10.3.1.
Type of Wall Wall Number Description

Fire-Resistance Rating(1)

Typical Sound Transmission Class(1)(2)(3)
Loadbearing Non-Loadbearing
• Wood Studs

W1

 • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
• Single Row W1a W1 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1 h 36
• Loadbearing or Non-
Loadbearing		 W1b W1 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)

45 min
[1 h(6)]

45 min
[1 h(6)]

34
  W1c W1 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7)		 30 min

30 min
[45 min(6)]

32
  W1d W1 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1 h 32
  W1e W1 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 45 min 32
           
 

W2

 • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
  W2a W2 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h 2 h 38
  W2b W2 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1.5 h 38
  W2c W2 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 36
  W2d W2 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h 2 h 36
  W2e W2 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1.5 h 35
  W2f W2 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 34
           
 

W3

 • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
  W3a W3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 45
  W3b W3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 48
  W3c W3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 45 min 43
           
 

W4

 • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side
• 1 layer of gypsum board on other side
  W4a W4 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h

1 h
[1.5 h(6)]

51
  W4b W4 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h

1 h
[1.5 h(6)]

54
  W4c W4 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)

45 min
[1 h(6)]

1 h 49
  W4d W4 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)

45 min
[1 h(6)]

1 h 53
           
 

W5

 • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side
• 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
  W5a W5 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 51
  W5b W5 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 54
  W5c W5 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 49
  W5d W5 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 53
           
 

W6

 • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• resilient metal channels on one side
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
  W6a W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h 2 h 55
  W6b W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h 2 h 58
  W6c W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1.5 h 53
  W6d W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h 1.5 h 55
  W6e W6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1.5 h 55
  W6f W6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1.5 h 58
  W6g W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 50
  W6h W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 52
  W6i W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h 2 h 47
  W6j W6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1.5 h 46
           
• Wood Studs
• Two Rows Staggered on 38 mm × 140 mm Plate

W7

 • two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm x 140 mm plate
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
• Loadbearing or Non-
Loadbearing		 W7a W7 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1 h 47
  W7b W7 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)

45 min
[1 h(6)]

45 min
[1 h(6)]

45
  W7c W7 with
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7)		 30 min

30 min
[45 min(6)]

42
           
 

W8

 • Two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm x 140 mm plate
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• 2 layers of gypsum board on one side
• 1 layer of gypsum board on other side
  W8a W8 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1.5 h 52
  W8b W8 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 50
           
 

W9

 • two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm x 140 mm plate
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
  W9a W9 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h 2 h 56
  W9b W9 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1.5 h 55
  W9c W9 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 53
  W9d W9 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h 2 h 48
           
 

W10

 • two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm x 140 mm plate
• with or without absorptive material
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
  W10a W10 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h 2 h 62
  W10b W10 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1.5 h 60
  W10c W10 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h 2 h 50
  W10d W10 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1.5 h 48
           
 

W11

 • two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm x 140 mm plate
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient channel side
• 1 layer of gypsum board on other side
  W11a W11 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1 h 56
  W11b W11 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)

45 min
[1 h(6)]

1 h 54
           
 

W12

 • two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm x 140 mm plate
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm thick on each side(4)
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side
• 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
  W12a W12 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 56
  W12b W12 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 54
           
• Wood Studs
• Two Rows on Separate Plates

W13

 • two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm x 89 mm plates set 25 mm apart
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
• Loadbearing or Non-
Loadbearing		 W13a W13 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1 h 57
  W13b W13 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)

45 min
[1 h(6)]

45 min
[1 h(6)]

57
  W13c W13 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1 h 54
  W13d W13 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 45 min 53
  W13e W13 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1 h 45
  W13f W13 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 45 min 45
           
 

W14

 • two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm x 89 mm plates set 25 mm apart
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on one side
• 1 layer of gypsum board on other side
  W14a W14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h

1 h
[1.5 h(6)]

61
  W14b W14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 61
  W14c W14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1 h 57
  W14d W14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 57
  W14e W14 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1 h 51
  W14f W14 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 51
           
 

W15

 • two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm x 89 mm plates set 25 mm apart
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
  W15a W15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h 2 h 66
  W15b W15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1.5 h 65
  W15c W15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 61
  W15d W15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h 2 h 62
  W15e W15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1.5 h 60
  W15f W15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only(4)(8)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 57
  W15g W15 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h 2 h 56
  W15h W15 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h 1.5 h 55
  W15i W15 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 45 min 1 h 51
           
• Exterior Wood Studs
• Single Row

EW1

 • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
• 1 or 2 layers of gypsum board on inside
• exterior sheathing and siding
• Loadbearing and Non-
Loadbearing		 EW1a EW1 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)(9)		 1 h 1 h n/a
  EW1b EW1 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)(9)		 45 min 45 min n/a
  EW1c EW1 with
• 2 layers of 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(9)		 45 min 45 min n/a
           
• Non-Loadbearing Steel Studs

S1

 • 31 mm x 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
• 0.46 mm (25 Gauge) S1a S1 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 –

45 min
[1 h(6)]

43
  S1b S1 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 –

45 min
[1 h(6)]

39
  S1c S1 with
• studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
•15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 45 min 35
           
 

S2

 • 31 mm x 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on one side
• 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
  S2a S2 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 50
  S2b S2 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 44
  S2c S2 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 50
  S2d S2 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 42
  S2e S2 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 41
  S2f S2 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 37
  S2g S2 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 40
  S2h S2 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 35
           
 

S3

 • 31 mm x 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
  S3a S3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 2 h 54
  S3b S3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 2 h 51
  S3c S3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1.5 h 53
  S3d S3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1.5 h 47
  S3e S3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 49
  S3f S3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 65 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 41
  S3g S3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 2 h 45
  S3h S3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 2 h 42
  S3i S3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1.5 h 44
  S3j S3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1.5 h 39
  S3k S3 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 40
  S3l S3 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 37
           
 

S4

 • 31 mm x 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
  S4a S4 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 –

45 min
[1 h(6)]

48
  S4b S4 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 –

45 min
[1 h(6)]

47
  S4c S4 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 45 min 38
  S4d S4 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 45 min 38
           
 

S5

 • 31 mm x 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on one side
• 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
  S5a S5 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 –

1 h
[1.5 h(6)]

53
  S5b S5 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 –

1 h
[1.5 h(6)]

52
  S5c S5 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 –

1 h
[1.5 h(6)]

51
  S5d S5 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 –

1 h
[1.5 h(6)]

50
  S5e S5 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
•15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 43
  S5f S5 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 42
  S5g S5 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 41
  S5h S5 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 40
           
 

S6

 • 31 mm x 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
  S6a S6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 2 h 56
  S6b S6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 2 h 55
  S6c S6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1.5 h 55
  S6d S6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1.5 h 54
  S6e S6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 50
  S6f S6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 48
  S6g S6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 2 h 47
  S6h S6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 2 h 45
  S6i S6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1.5 h 45
  S6j S6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1.5 h 44
  S6k S6 with
• studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 41
  S6l S6 with
• studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 39
           
 

S7

 • 31 mm x 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
  S7a S7 with
• 150 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 –

45 min
[1 h(6)]

51
  S7b S7 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 45 min 41
           
 

S8

 • 31 mm x 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer of gypsum board on one side
• 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
  S8a S8 with
• 150 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 –

1 h
[1.5 h(6)]

55
  S8b S8 with
• 150 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 –

1 h
[1.5 h(6)]

54
  S8c S8 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 45
  S8d S8 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 44
           
 

S9

 • 31 mm x 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
  S9a S9 with
• 150 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 2 h 59
  S9b S9 with
• 150 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1.5 h 57
  S9c S9 with
• 150 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 53
  S9d S9 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 2 h 49
  S9e S9 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – 1.5 h 47
  S9f S9 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – 1 h 43
           
• Loadbearing Steel Studschange begin• 0.84 mm to 1.52 mmchange end Thickness

S10

 • change begin41 mmchange end x 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced change begin400 mm or 600 mm o.c.change end
change begin• with or without cross-bracing on one sidechange end
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers gypsum board on each side
  S10a S10 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 change begin1 hchange end – 38
  S10b S10 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 change begin45 min
[1 h]change end		 – 38
  S10c S10 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – – 36
  S10d S10 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 change begin1 hchange end – 36
  S10e S10 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 change begin1 hchange end – 35
  S10f S10 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – – 34
           
 

change beginS11change end

 • 41 mm x 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without cross-bracing on one side
• with or without absorptive material
• resilient metal channels on one side
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side
  change beginS11achange end S11 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 50
  change beginS11bchange end S11 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 47
  change beginS11cchange end S11 with
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 41
  change beginS11dchange end S11 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 47
  change beginS11echange end S11 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 45
  change beginS11fchange end S11 with
• no absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 39
  change beginS11gchange end S11 with
• no absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 36
  change beginS11hchange end S11 with
• no absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 38
           
 

S12

 • 41 mm x 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without cross-bracing on one side
• with or without absorptive material
• resilient metal channels on one side
• 2 layers gypsum board on resilient channel side
• 1 layer gypsum board on other side
  change beginS12achange end S12 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 54
  change beginS12bchange end S12 with
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 46
  change beginS12cchange end S12 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 52
  change beginS12dchange end S12 with
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 43
  change beginS12echange end S12 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 52
  change beginS12fchange end S12 with
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 43
  change beginS12gchange end S12 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 50
  change beginS12hchange end S12 with
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 – – 41
           
 

change beginS13change end

 • 41 mm x 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 2 layers gypsum board on resilient channel side
• 1 layer shear membrane and 1 layer gypsum board on other side
  change beginS13achange end S13 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• 12.7 mm OSB shear membrane
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 30 min – 57
           
 

change beginS14change end

 • 41 mm x 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• resilient metal channels on one side
• 2 layers gypsum board on each side
  change beginS14achange end S14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h – 60
  change beginS14bchange end S14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min
[1 h] 		– 57
  change beginS14cchange end S14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material(4)
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – – 54
  change beginS14dchange end S14 with
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h – 51
  change beginS14echange end S14 with
• studs at 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h – 49
  change beginS14fchange end S14 with
• studs at 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 1 h – 50
  change beginS14gchange end S14 with
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 – – 45
  change beginS14hchange end S14 with
• studs at 400 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h – 58
  change beginS14ichange end S14 with
• studs at 600 mm o.c.
• 89 mm thick absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h – 60
  change beginS14jchange end S14 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 45 min
[1 h] 		– 55
  change beginS14kchange end S14 with
• studs at 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h – 49
  change beginS14lchange end S14 with
• studs at 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h – 51
  change beginS14mchange end S14 with
• no absorptive material
• resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h – 47
           
 

change beginS15change end

 • 2 rows of 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with cross-bracing
• with or without absorptive material
• 2 layers of gypsum board each side
  change beginS15achange end S15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material in each cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h – 68
  change beginS15bchange end S15 with
• no absorptive material
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h – 52
  change beginS15cchange end S15 with
• 89 mm thick absorptive material in each cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1 h – 68
  change beginS15dchange end S15 with
• no absorptive material
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h – 52
           
• Hollow Concrete Block (Normal Weight Aggregate)

B1

 • 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
  B1a • 140 mm bare concrete block(3) 1 h 1 h 48
  B1b • 190 mm bare concrete block(3) 1.5 h 1.5 h 50
           
 

B2

 •140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
• no absorptive material
• 1 layer gypsum-sand plaster or gypsum board on each side
  B2a B2 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm gypsum-sand plaster		 2 h 2 h 50
  B2b B2 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm
Type X gypsum board(5)		 2 h 2 h 47
  B2c B2 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 1.5 h 1.5 h 46
  B2d B2 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm gypsum-sand plaster		 2.5 h 2.5 h 51
  B2e B2 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 3 h 3 h 50
  B2f B2 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 2.5 h 2.5 h 49
  B2g B2 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 2 h 2 h 48
           
 

B3

 • 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material filling resilient metal channel space(4)
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side
  B3a B3 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm
Type X gypsum board(5)		 2 h 2 h 51
  B3b B3 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7)		 1.5 h 1.5 h 48
  B3c B3 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 3 h 3 h 54
  B3d B3 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 2.5 h 2.5 h 53
  B3e B3 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7)		 2 h 2 h 51
           
 

B4

 •140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
• resilient metal channels on each side spaced at 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side
  B4a B4 with
• 140 mm concrete block
•12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5), or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 2 h 2 h 47
  B4b B4 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7)		 1.5 h 1.5 h 42
  B4c B4 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 3 h 3 h 50
  B4d B4 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 2.5 h 2.5 h 49
  B4e B4 with
•190 mm concrete block
•12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7)		 2 h 2 h 45
           
 

B5

 • 190 mm concrete block
• 38 mm x 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood strapping on one side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side
  B5a B5 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 3 h 3 h 54
  B5b B5 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 2.5 h 2.5 h 53
  B5c B5 with
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7)		 2 h 2 h 51
           
 

B6

 • 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
• 38 mm x 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood strapping on each side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material filling strapping space on each side(4)
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side
  B6a B6 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 2 h 2 h 57
  B6b B6 with
• 140 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7)		 1.5 h 1.5 h

56
  B6c B6 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 3 h 3 h 60
  B6d B6 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 2.5 h 2.5 h 59
  B6e B6 with
• 190 mm concrete block
• 12.7 regular gypsum board(5)(7)		 2 h 2 h

57
           
 

B7

 • 190 mm concrete block
• 65 mm steel studs each side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material filling stud space on each side(4)
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side
  B7a B7 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 3 h 3 h 71
  B7b B7 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 2.5 h 2.5 h 70
  B7c B7 with
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7)		 2 h 2 h 69
           
 

B8

 • 190 mm concrete block
• 38 mm x 64 mm wood studs on each side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material filling stud space on each side(4)
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side
  B8a B8 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 3 h 3 h 71
  B8b B8 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 2.5 h 2.5 h 70
  B8c B8 with
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7)		 2 h 2 h 69
           
 

B9

 • 190 mm concrete block
• 50 mm metal Z-bars on each side spaced at 600 mm o.c. (or 38 mm x 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood strapping plus resilient metal channels)
• absorptive material filling Z-bar space on each side(4)
• 1 layer gypsum board on each side
  B9a B9 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 3 h 3 h 65
  B9b B9 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 2.5 h 2.5 h 64
  B9c B9 with
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7)		 2 h 2 h 63
           
 

B10

 • 190 mm concrete block
• resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material filling resilient metal channel space(4)
• 2 layers gypsum board on one side only
  B10a B10 with
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 3 h 3 h 56
  B10b B10 with
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5)		 2.5 h 2.5 h 55
  B10c B10 with
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)		 2 h 2 h 54
Notes to Table A-9.10.3.1.A:
(1) Fire-resistance and STC ratings of wood-frame construction were evaluated only for change beginconstructions with solid-sawn 38 mm x 89 mm lumber. However, the fire-resistance and STC ratings provided for 38 mm x 89 mm wood-frame construction may be applied to wood-frame constructions with solid-sawn 38 mm x 140 mmchange end lumberchange end; in some cases the ratings may be conservative. Where 38 mm x 140 mm framing is used and absorptive material is called for, the absorptive material must be 140 mmchange end thick. (See D-1.2.1.(2) in Appendix D for the significance of fire-resistance ratings.) change beginThe STC ratings may also be applied to fingerjoined lumber. The fire-resistance ratings are applicable to constructions using fingerjoined lumber that has been manufactured with a heat-resistant adhesive (HRA) in accordance with NLGA special product standard SPS-1, “Fingerjoined Structural Lumber,” or SPS-3, “Fingerjoined 'Vertical Stud Use Only' Lumber.” (See also A-9.23.10.4.(1).)change end
(2) Sound ratings listed are based on the most reliable laboratory test data available for specimens conforming to installation details required by CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application.” Results of specific tests may differ slightly because of measurement precision and minor variations in construction details. These results should only be used where the actual construction details, including spacing of fasteners and supporting framing, correspond exactly to the details of the test specimens on which the ratings are based. Assemblies with sound transmission class ratings of 50 or more require acoustical sealant applied around electrical boxes and other openings, and at the junction of intersecting walls and floors, except intersection of walls constructed of concrete or solid brick.
(3) Sound ratings are only valid where there are no discernible cracks or voids in the visible surfaces. For concrete blocks, surfaces must be sealed by at least 2 coats of paint or other surface finish described in Section 9.29. to prevent sound leakage.
(4) Sound absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or cellulose fibre. It must fill at least 90% of the cavity thickness for the wall to have the listed STC value. The absorptive material should not overfill the cavity to the point of producing significant outward pressure on the finishes; such an assembly will not achieve the STC rating. Where the absorptive material used with steel stud assemblies is in batt form, “steel stud batts,” which are wide enough to fill the cavity from the web of one stud to the web of the adjacent stud, must be used.
(5) The complete descriptions of indicated finishes are as follows:
  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board – 12.7 mm regular gypsum board conforming to Article 9.29.5.2.
  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board – 12.7 mm special fire-resistant Type X gypsum board conforming to Article 9.29.5.2.
  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board – 15.9 mm special fire-resistant Type X gypsum board conforming to Article 9.29.5.2.
  • Except for exterior walls (see Note 9), the outer layer of finish on both sides of the wall must have its joints taped and finished.
  • Fastener types and spacing must conform to CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application.”
(6) Absorptive material required for the higher fire-resistance rating is mineral fibre processed from rock or slag with a mass of at least 4.8 kg/m² for 150 mm thickness, 2.8 kg/m² for 89 mm thickness and 2.0 kg/m² for 65 mm thickness and completely filling the wall cavity. For assemblies with double wood studs on separate plates, absorptive material is required in the stud cavities on both sides.
(7) Regular gypsum board used in single layer assemblies must be installed so all edges are supported.
(8) Where bracing material, such as diagonal lumber or plywood, OSB, gypsum board or fibreboard sheathing is installed on the inner face of one row of studs in double stud assemblies, the STC rating will be reduced by 3 for any assemblies containing absorptive material in both rows of studs or in the row of studs opposite to that to which the bracing material is attached. Attaching such layers on both inner faces of the studs may drastically reduce the STC value but enough data to permit assignment of STC ratings for this situation is not available. The fire-resistance rating is not affected by the inclusion of such bracing.
(9) For exterior walls, the finish joints must be taped and finished for the outer layer of the interior side only. The gypsum board on the exterior side may be replaced with gypsum sheathing of the same thickness and type (regular or Type X).
Table A-9.10.3.1.B
Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs
Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.10.3.1.
Type of Assembly Assembly Number

Description(1)(2)(3)

Fire-Resistance Rating(4)(5)(6)(7)

Typical Sound Transmission Class(4)(5)(8)(9)
(STC)

Typical Impact Insulation Class(4)(8)(10)
(IIC)

           
Floors and Ceilings          
Concrete Slabs

F1

 • concrete floors
  F1a • 90 mm reinforced concrete with 20 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel 1 h 4change begin7change end 23
  F1b • 130 mm reinforced concrete with 25 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel 2 h 52 27
  F1c • pre-stressed hollow core slab 200 mm deep with 25 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel 1 h 50 28
  F1d • 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with 152 x 152 x MW3.8 x MW3.8 wire mesh – 51 21
  F1e • 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with 152 x 152 x MW3.8 x MW3.8 wire mesh
• resilient metal channels 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 2 layers of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1.5 h 57 36
           
Open Web Steel Joists

F2

 • open web steel joists with concrete floor
  F2a • 50 mm thick concrete deck
• on open web steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• furring channels spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. wired to underside of joists
• 1 layer of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board on ceiling side		 45 min 53 27
  F2b • 65 mm regular concrete minimum 155 kg/m2
• on composite steel joists spaced 1250 mm o.c.
• furring channels spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. wired to underside of joists
• 1 layer of 12.7 mm or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board on ceiling side		 1.5 h 53 28
           

Wood Floor Joists(11)

F3change end(12)

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F3a F3 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin29change end change begin27change end
  F3b F3 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin31change end 30
  F3c F3 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin27change end change begin26change end
  F3d F3 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin29change end 29
  F3e F3 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin27change end change begin25change end
  F3f F3 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin29change end 28
           
 

F4(12)

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F4a F4 with
• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin33change end 31
  change beginF4bchange end change beginF4 with
• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 change begin1 hchange end change begin34change end change begin31change end
  F4c F4 with
change begin• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 minchange end
[1 h](13)		 change begin35change end change begin34change end
  change beginF4dchange end change beginF4 with
• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 38 34
  F4e F4 with
change begin• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin32change end 30
  change beginF4fchange end change beginF4 with
• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 change begin45 minchange end change begin33change end change begin30change end
  F4g F4 with
change begin• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 minchange end change begin34change end change begin33change end
  change beginF4hchange end change beginF4 with
• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 change begin–change end change begin35change end change begin33change end
  F4i F4 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin31change end change begin30change end
  F4j F4 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin33change end change begin33change end
           
 

F5(12)

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F5a F5 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum		 change begin30 minchange end change begin35change end change begin37change end
  F5b F5 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 minchange end change begin37change end change begin30change end
  F5c F5 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end

30 min
[45 min](14)

 change begin38change end change begin30change end
  F5d F5 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

 change begin40change end change begin33change end
  F5e F5 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 minchange end change begin33change end change begin26change end
  F5f F5 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 minchange end change begin35change end change begin29change end
  F5g F5 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min](14)

 change begin36change end change begin29change end
  F5h F5 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

 change begin38change end change begin32change end
  F5i F5 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin33change end change begin25change end
  F5j F5 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin35change end change begin28change end
  F5k F5 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin36change end change begin28change end
  F5l F5 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin38change end 33
           
 

F6(12)

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F6a(15) F6 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boad		 1 h change begin39change end change begin32change end
  F6b(15) F6 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin41change end change begin32change end
  F6c(15) F6 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin42change end change begin35change end
  F6d(15) F6 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin44change end change begin37change end
  F6e(15) F6 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin38change end change begin30change end
  F6f(15) F6 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin40change end change begin33change end
  F6g(15) F6 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin41change end change begin33change end
  F6h(15) F6 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 minchange end
[1 h](16)		 change begin43change end change begin36change end
  F6i F6 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin37change end change begin30change end
  F6j F6 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin39change end 33
  F6k F6 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin40change end change begin33change end
  F6l F6 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin42change end 36
           
 

F7(12)

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to joists on ceiling side
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. attached to joists through gypsum board
• 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient metal channels
  F7a(15) F7 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board 		1 h 35 27
  F7b(15) F7 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board 		1 h 37 30
  F7c(15) F7 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board 		1 h 35 27
  F7d(15) F7 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board 		1 h 37 30
  F7e F7 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 32 26
  F7f F7 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 35 28
           
 

F8(12)

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F8a F8 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 minchange end change begin41change end change begin33change end
  F8b F8 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 minchange end change begin43change end change begin36change end
  F8c F8 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min](14)

48

 change begin41change end
  F8d F8 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 30 min change begin50change end change begin44change end
  F8e F8 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 30 min 39 32
  F8f F8 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 30 min 41 change begin35change end
  F8g F8 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min](14)

 change begin46change end change begin40change end
  F8h F8 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

 change begin48change end change begin43change end
  F8i F8 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin41change end 31
  F8j F8 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin41change end change begin34change end
  F8k F8 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin46change end change begin39change end
  F8l F8 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin48change end change begin42change end
           
 

F9(12)

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F9a(15) F9 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin45change end 38
  F9b(15) F9 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin47change end 40
  F9c(15) F9 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end
[1.5 h](17)		 change begin52
[54](17)change end		 change begin46change end
  F9d(15) F9 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 h
[1.5 h](17)change end		 change begin54
[56](17)change end		 change begin48change end
  F9e(15) F9 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin44change end change begin36change end
  F9f(15) F9 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin46change end change begin39change end
  F9g(15) F9 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 h
[1.5 h](17)change end		 change begin51
[53](17)change end		 change begin44change end
  F9h(15) F9 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](16)change end		 change begin53change end change begin47change end
  F9i F9 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin43change end 36
  F9j F9 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin45change end change begin39change end
  F9k F9 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin50change end change begin44change end
  F9l F9 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin52change end change begin47change end
           
 

F10(12)

 • one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced change begin300,change end 400 or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F10a F10 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 minchange end change begin44change end 34
  F10b F10 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 minchange end change begin46change end change begin37change end
  F10c F10 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min](16)

 change begin51change end change begin42change end
  F10d F10 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 min
[45 min](14)change end		 change begin53change end change begin45change end
  F10e change beginF10 with
• wood joists spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 change begin1 hchange end(18) change begin53(18)change end change begin44change end
  F10f(19) change beginF10 with
• wood I-joists spaced at 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h(18) 52(18) 43
  F10g F10 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 minchange end change begin42change end change begin33change end
  F10h F10 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 minchange end change begin44change end change begin36change end
  F10i F10 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 min
[45 min](16)change end		 change begin49change end change begin41change end
  F10j F10 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 min
[45 min](14)change end		 51 44
  F10k F10 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin42change end change begin33change end
  F10l F10 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin44change end change begin35change end
  F10m F10 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 –

change begin49change end

 change begin41change end
  F10n F10 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 –

change begin51change end

 change begin43change end
           
 

F11(12)

 • one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F11a(15) F11 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin48change end change begin39change end
  F11b(15) F11 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin50change end 42
  F11c(15) F11 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h
change begin[1.5 h](17)change end		 change begin55
[56](17)change end		 change begin47change end
  F11d(15) F11 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h
change begin[1.5 h](17)change end		 change begin57
[58](17)change end		 change begin50change end
  F11e(15) change beginF11 with
• wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 change begin1.5 h(20)change end change begin56(20)change end change begin47change end
  F11f(19) F11 with
change begin• wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 change begin1.5 h(20)change end change begin56(20)change end change begin46change end
  F11g(15) F11 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin47change end change begin38change end
  F11h(15) F11 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin49change end change begin40change end
  F11i(15) F11 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h
[1.5 h](17)		 change begin54
[55](17)change end		 change begin46change end
  F11j(15) F11 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 45 min
[1 h](16)		 change begin56change end change begin48change end
  F11k F11 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 46 change begin37change end
  F11l F11 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin48change end change begin40change end
  F11m F11 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 53 change begin45change end
  F11n F11 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin55change end change begin48change end
           
 

F12(12)

 • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F12a F12 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin41change end change begin13change end
  F12b F12 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin43change end change begin16change end
  F12c F12 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 39 change begin12change end
  F12d F12 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin41change end change begin15change end
  F12e F12 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin39change end change begin12change end
  F12f F12 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin41change end change begin15change end
           
 

F13(12)

 • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F13a F13 with
change begin• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin43change end change begin16change end
  F13b change beginF13 with
• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h 45 16
  F13c F13 with
change begin• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](13)change end		 change begin45change end change begin19change end
  F13d change beginF13 with
• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 47 19
  F13e F13 with
change begin• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin42change end change begin15change end
  F13f change beginF13 with
• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 44 15
  F13g F13 with
change begin• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 minchange end change begin44change end change begin18change end
  F13h F13 with
change begin• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin46change end change begin18change end
  F13i F13 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin41change end change begin14change end
  F13j F13 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin45change end change begin14change end
           
 

F14(12)

 • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced change begin300,change end 400 or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F14a F14 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin53change end change begin22change end
  F14b F14 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin55change end 22
  F14c F14 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min](16)

 change begin60change end change begin30change end
  F14d F14 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin62change end change begin30change end
  F14e change beginF14 with
• wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h(18) 60(18) 31
  F14f(19) change beginF14 with
• wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h(18) 61(18) 31
  F14g F14 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 51 change begin21change end
  F14h F14 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 53 change begin21change end
  F14i F14 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin58change end change begin29change end
  F14j F14 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin60change end change begin29change end
  F14k F14 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin51change end change begin21change end
  F14l F14 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin53change end 21
  F14m F14 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin58change end change begin29change end
  F14n F14 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin60change end change begin29change end
           
 

F15(12)

 • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F15a(15) F15 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h(21)

 change begin57change end change begin25change end
  F15b(15) F15 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin59change end change begin25change end
  F15c(15) F15 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 h
[1.5 h](17)change end		 change begin64
[65](17)change end		 change begin33change end
  F15d(15) F15 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 h
[1.5 h](17)change end		 change begin66
[67](17)change end		 change begin33change end
  F15e(15) change beginF15 with
• wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1.5 h(20) 65(20) 33
  F15f(19) change beginF15 with
• wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1.5 h(20) 64(20) 33
  F15g(15) F15 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h

 change begin56change end change begin24change end
  F15h(15) F15 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin58change end change begin24change end
  F15i(15) F15 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 h
[1.5 h](17)change end		 change begin63
[64](17)change end		 change begin32change end
  F15j(15) F15 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](16)change end		 change begin65change end 32
  F15k F15 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin55change end change begin23change end
  F15l F15 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin57change end change begin23change end
  F15m F15 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin62change end change begin31change end
  F15n F15 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin64change end change begin31change end
           
 

F16(12)

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F16a F 16 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin44change end change begin22change end
  F16b F16 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin46change end change begin25change end
  F16c F16 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin43change end change begin21change end
  F16d F16 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin45change end change begin24change end
  F16e F16 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 42 change begin21change end
  F16f F16 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 44 change begin24change end
           
 

F17(12)

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F17a F17 with
change begin• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin48change end change begin24change end
  F17b change beginF17 with
• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h 51 24
  F17c F17 with
change begin• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](13)change end		 change begin48change end change begin27change end
  F17d change beginF17 with
• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 51 27
  F17e F17 with
change begin• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end 47 change begin23change end
  F17f change beginF17 with
• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 48 23
  F17g F17 with
change begin• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 minchange end

49

 change begin26change end
  F17h F17 with
change begin• wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 change begin–change end change begin50change end change begin26change end
  F17i F17 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin47change end change begin23change end
  F17j F17 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin49change end change begin26change end
           
 

F18(12)

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F18a F18 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin50change end change begin25change end
  F18b F18 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 52 change begin25change end
  F18c F18 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 53 change begin28change end
  F18d F18 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin55change end change begin28change end
  F18e F18 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin49change end change begin24change end
  F18f F18 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin51change end change begin24change end
  F18g F18 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin52change end change begin27change end
  F18h F18 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 54 change begin27change end
  F18i F18 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin48change end change begin24change end
  F18j F18 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin50change end change begin24change end
  F18k F18 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin51change end change begin27change end
  F18l F18 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin53change end change begin27change end
           
 

F19(12)

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F19a(15) F19 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin54change end change begin27change end
  F19b(15) F19 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin56change end change begin27change end
  F19c(15) F19 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin57change end change begin30change end
  F19d(15) F19 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin59change end change begin30change end
  F19e(15) F19 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin53change end change begin26change end
  F19f(15) F19 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin55change end change begin26change end
  F19g(15) F19 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin56change end change begin29change end
  F19h(15) F19 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin58change end change begin29change end
  F19i F19 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin53change end change begin26change end
  F19j F19 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin55change end change begin26change end
  F19k F19 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin56change end change begin29change end
  F19l F19 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin58change end change begin29change end
           
 

F20(12)

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced change begin300,change end 400 or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F20a F20 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min(21)

 change begin56change end change begin31change end
  F20b F20 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin58change end change begin31change end
  F20c F20 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min]
(16)(21)

 change begin63change end change begin39change end
  F20d F20 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 65 change begin39change end
  F20e change beginF20 with
• wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h(18) change begin64(18)change end 40
  F20f(19) change beginF20 with
• wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h(18) 65(18) 40
  F20g F20 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin55change end change begin30change end
  F20h F20 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin57change end 30
  F20i F20 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin62change end change begin38change end
  F20j F20 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin64change end 38
  F20k F20 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin54change end change begin30change end
  F20l F20 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin56change end change begin30change end
  F20m F20 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin61change end change begin38change end
  F20n F20 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 63 change begin38change end
           
 

F21(12)

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood joists change beginor wood I-joistschange end spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F21a(15) F21 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin60change end change begin33change end
  F21b(15) F21 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin62change end change begin33change end
  F21c(15) F21 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 h
[1.5 h](17)change end		 change begin67
[68](17)change end		 change begin41
[42](17)change end
  F21d(15) F21 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 h
[1.5 h](17)change end		 change begin69
[70](17)change end		 change begin41
[42](17)change end
  F21e(15) change beginF21 with
• wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 [1.5 h](20) 68(20) 42
  F21f(19) change beginF21 with
• wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 [1.5 h](20) 68(20) 42
  F21g(15) F21 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin59change end change begin32change end
  F21h(15) F21 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin61change end change begin32change end
  F21i(15) F21 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 h
[1.5 h](17)change end		 change begin66
[67](17)change end		 change begin40change end
  F21j(15) F21 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin68change end change begin40change end
  F21k F21 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin59change end change begin32change end
  F21l F21 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin61change end change begin32change end
  F21m F21 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin66change end change begin40change end
  F21n F21 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 68 change begin40change end
           

Wood Floor Trusses(22)

F22

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer gypsum board on ceiling side
  F22a F22 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin29change end change begin27change end
  F22b F22 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin31change end 30
  F22c F22 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin28change end change begin26change end
  F22d F22 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin30change end 29
  F22e F22 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin27change end change begin25change end
  F22f F22 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin31change end 28
           
 

F23

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F23a F23 with
change begin• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin34change end 31
  F23b change beginF23 with
• wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h 35 31
  F23c F23 with
change begin• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](13)change end		 change begin36change end change begin34change end
  F23d change beginF23 with
• wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 37 34
  F23e F23 with
change begin• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin32change end 30
  F23f change beginF23 with
• wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 33 30
  F23g F23 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin34change end change begin33change end
  F23h F23 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin32change end change begin30change end
  F23i F23 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin34change end change begin33change end
           
 

F24

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F24a F24 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin35change end change begin27change end
  F24b F24 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin37change end change begin30change end
  F24c F24 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin38change end change begin30change end
  F24d F24 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin40change end change begin33change end
  F24e F24 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin33change end change begin26change end
  F24f F24 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin36change end change begin29change end
  F24g F24 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin37change end change begin29change end
  F24h F24 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin39change end change begin32change end
  F24i F24 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin33change end change begin25change end
  F24j F24 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin35change end change begin28change end
  F24k F24 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin36change end change begin28change end
  F24l F24 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin38change end change begin31change end
           
 

F25

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F25a F25 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin40change end change begin32change end
  F25b F25 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end 42 change begin34change end
  F25c F25 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin43change end change begin35change end
  F25d F25 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](16)change end		 45 change begin37change end
  F25e F25 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin38change end change begin30change end
  F25f F25 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin40change end change begin33change end
  F25g F25 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin41change end change begin33change end
  F25h F25 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](16)change end		 change begin43change end change begin36change end
  F25i F25 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin38change end change begin30change end
  F25j F25 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 40 33
  F25k F25 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin41change end change begin33change end
  F25l F25 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 43 36
           
 

F26

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to trusses on ceiling side
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. attached to trusses through the gypsum board
• 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient change beginmetalchange end channels
  F26a F26 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board 		– 35 27
  F26b F26 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board 		– 37 30
  F26c F26 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board 		– 35 27
  F26d F26 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board 		– 37 30
  F26e F26 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 32 26
  F26f F26 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 35 28
           
 

F27

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F27a F27 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin41change end change begin33change end
  F27b F27 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin43change end change begin36change end
  F27c F27 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min](23)

48

 change begin41change end
  F27d F27 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin50change end change begin44change end
  F27e F27 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 40 change begin32change end
  F27f F27 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin42change end change begin35change end
  F27g F27 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin47change end change begin40change end
  F27h F27 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 –

49

 change begin43change end
  F27i F27 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin39change end 31
  F27j F27 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin41change end change begin34change end
  F27k F27 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin46change end change begin39change end
  F27l F27 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin48change end change begin42change end
           
 

F28

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F28a F28 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin46change end 38
  F28b F28 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end 48 40
  F28c F28 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin54change end change begin46change end
  F28d F28 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](16)change end		 55 change begin48change end
  F28e F28 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin44change end change begin36change end
  F28f F28 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin46change end change begin39change end
  F28g F28 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin51change end change begin44change end
  F28h F28 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](16)change end		 change begin53change end change begin47change end
  F28i F28 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin44change end 36
  F28j F28 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 46 change begin39change end
  F28k F28 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin51change end change begin44change end
  F28l F28 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 53 change begin47change end
           
 

F29

 • one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F29a F29 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin44change end change begin35change end
  F29b F29 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board 		– change begin46change end change begin37change end
  F29c F29 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min](23)

 change begin51change end 43
  F29d F29 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin53change end change begin45change end
  F29e F29 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin43change end change begin33change end
  F29f F29 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin45change end change begin36change end
  F29g F29 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 50 change begin41change end
  F29h F29 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin52change end 44
  F29i F29 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin42change end change begin34change end
  F29j F29 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin44change end change begin36change end
  F29k F29 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin49change end change begin41change end
  F29l F29 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin51change end change begin44change end
           
 

F30

 • one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F30a F30 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end 49 change begin39change end
  F30b F30 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin51change end change begin42change end
  F30c F30 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end
[1.5 h](24)		 change begin56
[58](24)change end		 change begin47
[50](24)change end
  F30d F30 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](16)change end		 58 change begin50change end
  F30e F30 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin47change end change begin38change end
  F30f F30 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin49change end change begin40change end
  F30g F30 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin54change end change begin46change end
  F30h F30 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](16)change end		 change begin56change end change begin48change end
  F30i F30 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin47change end change begin37change end
  F30j F30 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin49change end change begin40change end
  F30k F30 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin54change end change begin45change end
  F30l F30 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin56change end change begin48change end
           
 

F31

 • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F31a F31 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin41change end change begin17change end
  F31b F31 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin43change end change begin20change end
  F31c F31 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin40change end change begin17change end
  F31d F31 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin42change end change begin20change end
  F31e F31 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin39change end change begin16change end
  F31f F31 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin41change end change begin19change end
           
 

F32

 • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F32a F32 with
change begin• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin46change end change begin20change end
  F32b change beginF32 with
• wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h 47 20
  F32c F32 with
change begin• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](13)change end		 change begin48change end change begin23change end
  F32d change beginF32 with
• wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 49 23
  F32e F32 with
change begin• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin44change end change begin19change end
  F32f change beginF32 with
• wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 45 19
  F32g F32 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin46change end change begin19change end
  F32h F32 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin44change end change begin19change end
  F32i F32 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin46change end change begin22change end
           
 

F33

 • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F33a F33 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin53change end change begin26change end
  F33b F33 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin55change end change begin26change end
  F33c F33 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min](23)

 change begin60change end change begin34change end
  F33d F33 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin62change end change begin34change end
  F33e F33 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin52change end change begin26change end
  F33f F33 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin54change end change begin26change end
  F33g F33 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin59change end change begin34change end
  F33h F33 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin61change end change begin34change end
  F33i F33 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin51change end change begin25change end
  F33j F33 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin53change end change begin25change end
  F33k F33 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin58change end change begin33change end
  F33l F33 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin60change end change begin33change end
           
 

F34

 • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F34a F34 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin57change end change begin29change end
  F34b F34 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin60change end change begin29change end
  F34c F34 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 h
[1.5 h](24)change end		 change begin65
[67](24)change end		 change begin37change end
  F34d F34 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](16)change end		 change begin67change end change begin37change end
  F34e F34 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin56change end change begin28change end
  F34f F34 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin58change end 28
  F34g F34 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin63change end change begin36change end
  F34h F34 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](16)change end		 change begin65change end change begin36change end
  F34i F34 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin56change end change begin28change end
  F34j F34 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin58change end change begin28change end
  F34k F34 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin63change end change begin36change end
  F34l F34 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin65change end change begin36change end
           
 

F35

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F35a F35 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin45change end change begin26change end
  F35b F35 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin47change end change begin29change end
  F35c F35 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin43change end change begin26change end
  F35d F35 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin45change end change begin29change end
  F35e F35 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin43change end change begin26change end
  F35f F35 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin45change end change begin29change end
           
 

F36

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F36a F36 with
change begin• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin49change end change begin28change end
  F36b F36 with
change begin• wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.change end
change begin• no absorptive material in cavitychange end
change begin• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 change begin1 hchange end change begin50change end change begin28change end
  F36c F36 with
change begin• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](13)change end		 change begin51change end change begin31change end
  F36d change beginF36 with
• wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 52 31
  F36e F36 with
change begin• wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin48change end change begin27change end
  F36f F36 with
change begin• wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.change end
change begin• no absorptive material in cavitychange end
change begin• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 change begin45 minchange end change begin49change end change begin27change end
  F36g F36 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin50change end change begin30change end
  F36h F36 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin47change end change begin27change end
  F36i F36 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin49change end 30
           
 

F37

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F37a F37 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 45 min change begin56change end change begin35change end
  F37b F37 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 59 change begin35change end
  F37c F37 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min](23)

 change begin63change end change begin43change end
  F37d F37 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin66change end change begin43change end
  F37e F37 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin55change end change begin35change end
  F37f F37 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin57change end change begin35change end
  F37g F37 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin62change end change begin43change end
  F37h F37 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin64change end change begin43change end
  F37i F37 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin54change end change begin35change end
  F37j F37 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 57 change begin35change end
  F37k F37 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin61change end change begin43change end
  F37l F37 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin64change end change begin43change end
           
 

F38

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F38a F38 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin61change end change begin37change end
  F38b F38 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin63change end change begin37change end
  F38c F38 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 h
[1.5](24)change end		 change begin68
[71](24)change end		 change begin45change end
  F38d F38 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end 70 change begin45change end
  F38e F38 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin60change end 36
  F38f F38 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin62change end change begin36change end
  F38g F38 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board 		change begin1 hchange end change begin67change end 44
  F38h F38 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin69change end change begin44change end
  F38i F38 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin59change end change begin36change end
  F38j F38 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin61change end change begin36change end
  F38k F38 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin66change end change begin44change end
  F38l F38 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 68 change begin44change end
           

Cold Formed Steel Floor Joists(25)

F39

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F39a F39 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin29change end change begin27change end
  F39b F39 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin31change end 30
  F39c F39 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin27change end change begin26change end
  F39d F39 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin29change end 29
  F39e F39 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin27change end change begin25change end
  F39f F39 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin29change end 28
           
 

F40

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F40a F40 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin34change end 31
  F40b F40 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.change end
change begin• no absorptive material in cavitychange end
change begin• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 change begin45 minchange end change begin35change end change begin31change end
  F40c F40 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 minchange end change begin36change end change begin34change end
  F40d F40 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 change begin45 minchange end change begin37change end change begin34change end
  F40e F40 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin1 hchange end change begin32change end 30
  F40f change beginF40 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 33 30
  F40g F40 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 minchange end change begin34change end change begin33change end
  F40h change beginF40 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 35 33
  F40i F40 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin31change end change begin30change end
  F40j F40 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin33change end change begin33change end
           
 

F41

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F41a F41 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin34change end change begin27change end
  F41b F41 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin37change end change begin30change end
  F41c F41 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min](23)

 change begin37change end change begin30change end
  F41d F41 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min

 change begin40change end change begin33change end
  F41e F41 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin33change end change begin26change end
  F41f F41 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin35change end change begin29change end
  F41g F41 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min](23)

 change begin36change end change begin29change end
  F41h F41 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 minchange end change begin38change end change begin32change end
  F41i F41 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin32change end change begin25change end
  F41j F41 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin35change end change begin28change end
  F41k F41 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin35change end change begin28change end
  F41l F41 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin38change end change begin31change end
           
 

F42

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• change beginsteelchange end furring channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F42a F42 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin39change end change begin32change end
  F42b F42 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 minchange end 42 change begin34change end
  F42c change beginF42 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 change begin45 minchange end change begin43change end change begin34change end
  F42d F42 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin42change end change begin35change end
  F42e F42 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 minchange end
[1 h](26)		 45 change begin37change end
  F42f change beginF42 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min
[1 h](13)		 46 37
  F42g F42 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin38change end change begin30change end
  F42h F42 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 minchange end change begin40change end change begin33change end
  F42i change beginF42 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 41 33
  F42j F42 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin41change end 33
  F42k F42 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](26)change end		 change begin43change end change begin36change end
  F42l change beginF42 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min
[1 h](13)		 44 36
  F42m F42 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin37change end change begin30change end
  F42n F42 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin39change end 33
  F42o F42 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin40change end change begin33change end
  F42p F42 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin42change end 36
           
 

F43

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to joists on ceiling side
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. attached to joists through the gypsum board
• 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient change beginmetalchange end channels
  F43a F43 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board 		1 h 35 27
  F43b F43 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board 		1 h 37 30
  F43c F43 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board 		1 h 35 27
  F43d F43 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board 		1 h 37 30
  F43e F43 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 32 26
  F43f F43 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
• resilient metal channels
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 35 28
           
 

F44

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F44a F44 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin40change end change begin33change end
  F44b F44 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin43change end change begin36change end
  F44c F44 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min](23)

 change begin47change end change begin41change end
  F44d F44 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 minchange end change begin50change end change begin44change end
  F44e F44 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 39 32
  F44f F44 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 41 change begin35change end
  F44g F44 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min
[45 min](23)

 change begin46change end change begin40change end
  F44h F44 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin30 minchange end change begin48change end change begin43change end
  F44i F44 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin38change end 31
  F44j F44 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin41change end change begin34change end
  F44k F44 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min 45 change begin39change end
  F44l F44 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 < 30 min change begin48change end change begin42change end
           
 

F45

 • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F45a F45 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin45change end 38
  F45b F45 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 minchange end change begin48change end 40
  F45c change beginF45 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 49 40
  F45d F45 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin52change end change begin46change end
  F45e F45 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](26)change end		 55 change begin48change end
  F45f change beginF45 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min
[1 h](13)		 56 48
  F45g F45 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin44change end change begin36change end
  F45h F45 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 minchange end change begin46change end change begin39change end
  F45i change beginF45 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min 47 39
  F45j F45 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin51change end change begin44change end
  F45k F45 with
change begin• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.change end
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 change begin45 min
[1 h](26)change end		 change begin53change end change begin47change end
  F45l change beginF45 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 45 min
[1 h](13)		 54 47
  F45m F45 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin43change end 36
  F45n F45 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin45change end change begin39change end
  F45o F45 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin50change end change begin44change end
  F45p F45 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin52change end change begin47change end
           
 

F46

 • one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F46a F46 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin43change end 34
  F46b F46 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin46change end change begin37change end
  F46c F46 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 50 change begin42change end
  F46d F46 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin53change end change begin45change end
  F46e F46 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin42change end change begin33change end
  F46f F46 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin44change end change begin36change end
  F46g F46 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin49change end change begin41change end
  F46h F46 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 51 44
  F46i F46 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin41change end change begin33change end
  F46j F46 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin44change end change begin36change end
  F46k F46 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 48 change begin41change end
  F46l F46 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin51change end change begin44change end
           
 

F47

 change begin• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, or OSB or waferboard
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 400 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling sidechange end
  F47a change beginF47 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 30 min 45 35
  F47b change beginF47 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 30 min 47 38
  F47c change beginF47 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 30 min
[45 min](16)
[1 h](26)		 51 45
  F47d change beginF47 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 [30 min](16)
[45 min](26)		 53 47
  F47e change beginF47 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 30 min 43 44
  F47f change beginF47 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 – 45 47
  F47g change beginF47 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 [30 min](16)
[45 min](26)		 50 43
  F47h change beginF47 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 – 52 46
           
 

F48

 • one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSB or waferboard
• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F48a F48 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin48change end change begin39change end
  F48b F48 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin50change end 42
  F48c F48 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin56change end change begin47change end
  F48d F48 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin57change end change begin50change end
  F48e F48 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin47change end change begin38change end
  F48f F48 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin49change end change begin40change end
  F48g F48 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin54change end change begin46change end
  F48h F48 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin56change end change begin48change end
  F48i F48 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 46 change begin37change end
  F48j F48 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin48change end change begin40change end
  F48k F48 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 53 change begin45change end
  F48l F48 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin55change end change begin48change end
           
 

F49

 • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F49a F49 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin40change end change begin13change end
  F49b F49 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin42change end change begin16change end
  F49c F49 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 39 change begin12change end
  F49d F49 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin41change end change begin15change end
  F49e F49 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin38change end change begin12change end
  F49f F49 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin40change end change begin15change end
           
 

F50

 • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F50a F50 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin45change end change begin16change end
  F50b F50 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin47change end change begin19change end
  F50c F50 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin44change end change begin15change end
  F50d F50 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin46change end change begin18change end
  F50e F50 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin43change end change begin14change end
  F50f F50 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin45change end change begin17change end
           
 

F51

 • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F51a F51 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin52change end change begin22change end
  F51b F51 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin54change end 22
  F51c F51 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin59change end change begin30change end
  F51d F51 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin61change end change begin30change end
  F51e F51 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 51 change begin21change end
  F51f F51 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 53 change begin21change end
  F51g F51 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin58change end change begin29change end
  F51h F51 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin60change end change begin29change end
  F51i F51 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin50change end change begin21change end
  F51j F51 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin52change end 21
  F51k F51 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin57change end change begin29change end
  F51l F51 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin59change end change begin29change end
           
 

F52

 • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F52a F52 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin57change end change begin25change end
  F52b F52 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin59change end change begin25change end
  F52c F52 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin64change end change begin33change end
  F52d F52 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min
[1 h](23)

 change begin66change end change begin33change end
  F52e F52 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h 55 change begin24change end
  F52f F52 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin58change end change begin24change end
  F52g F52 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin62change end change begin32change end
  F52h F52 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min
[1 h](23)

 change begin65change end 32
  F52i F52 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin55change end change begin23change end
  F52j F52 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin57change end change begin23change end
  F52k F52 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin62change end change begin31change end
  F52l F52 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin64change end change begin31change end
           
 

F53

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F53a F53 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin44change end change begin22change end
  F53b F53 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin46change end change begin25change end
  F53c F53 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin42change end change begin21change end
  F53d F53 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin44change end change begin24change end
  F53e F53 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 42 change begin21change end
  F53f F53 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 44 change begin24change end
           
 

F54

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F54a F54 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin48change end change begin24change end
  F54b F54 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin50change end change begin27change end
  F54c F54 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 47 change begin23change end
  F54d F54 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 49 change begin26change end
  F54e F54 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin47change end change begin23change end
  F54f F54 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin49change end change begin26change end
           
 

F55

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F55a F55 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin56change end change begin31change end
  F55b F55 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin58change end change begin31change end
  F55c F55 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin63change end change begin39change end
  F55d F55 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 65 change begin39change end
  F55e F55 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin54change end change begin30change end
  F55f F55 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin56change end 30
  F55g F55 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin61change end change begin38change end
  F55h F55 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin63change end 38
  F55i F55 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin54change end change begin30change end
  F55j F55 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin56change end change begin30change end
  F55k F55 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin61change end change begin38change end
  F55l F55 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 63 change begin38change end
           
 

F56

 • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F56a F56 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin60change end change begin33change end
  F56b F56 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin62change end change begin33change end
  F56c F56 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin67change end change begin41change end
  F56d F56 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min
[1 h](23)

 change begin69change end change begin41change end
  F56e F56 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin59change end change begin32change end
  F56f F56 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin61change end change begin32change end
  F56g F56 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin66change end change begin40change end
  F56h F56 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min
[1 h](23)

 change begin68change end change begin40change end
  F56i F56 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin58change end change begin32change end
  F56j F56 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin61change end change begin32change end
  F56k F56 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin65change end change begin40change end
  F56l F56 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 68 change begin40change end
           
 

F57

 • 50 mm concrete
• 0.46 mm metal pan with 19 mm rib
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F57a F57 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin45change end change begin26change end
  F57b F57 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin47change end change begin29change end
  F57c F57 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin44change end change begin25change end
  F57d F57 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin46change end 28
  F57e F57 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin43change end change begin25change end
  F57f F57 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin45change end change begin28change end
           
 

F58

 • 50 mm concrete
• change begin0.38 mmchange end metal pan with change begin16 mmchange end rib
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F58a F58 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin50change end change begin27change end
  F58b F58 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin52change end change begin30change end
  F58c F58 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin48change end change begin27change end
  F58d F58 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin50change end change begin30change end
  F58e F58 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin48change end change begin27change end
  F58f F58 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin50change end 30
           
 

F59

 • 50 mm concrete
• change begin0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mmchange end rib
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F59a F59 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 57 change begin35change end
  F59b F59 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 59 change begin35change end
  F59c F59 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 64 change begin43change end
  F59d F59 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin66change end change begin43change end
  F59e F59 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin56change end change begin34change end
  F59f F59 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin56change end change begin34change end
  F59g F59 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – change begin63change end change begin42change end
  F59h F59 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 – 65 change begin42change end
  F59i F59 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 55 change begin34change end
  F59j F59 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 57 change begin34change end
  F59k F59 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 62 change begin42change end
  F59l F59 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin64change end change begin42change end
           
 

F60

 • 50 mm concrete
• 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
  F60a F60 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin62change end 36
  F60b F60 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin64change end change begin36change end
  F60c F60 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h 69 44
  F60d F60 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min
[1 h](23)

 change begin71change end change begin44change end
  F60e F60 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1h change begin60change end 36
  F60f F60 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin62change end change begin36change end
  F60g F60 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h change begin67change end 44
  F60h F60 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

45 min
[1 h](23)

 change begin69change end change begin44change end
  F60i F60 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin60change end change begin36change end
  F60j F60 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin62change end change begin36change end
  F60k F60 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – 67 change begin44change end
  F60l F60 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board		 – change begin69change end change begin44change end
           
 

F61

 change begin• 50 mm concrete
• 0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mm rib
• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• with or without absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling sidechange end
  F61a change beginF61 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h 62 32
  F61b change beginF61 with
• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h 64 32
  F61c change beginF61 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 – 65 29
  F61d change beginF61 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h 68 37
  F61e change beginF61 with
• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1h 66 34
  F61f change beginF61 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 – 71 34
  F61g change beginF61 with
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h 62 32
  F61h change beginF61 with
• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h 64 32
  F61i change beginF61 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 – 64 28
  F61j change beginF61 with
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h 68 36
  F61k change beginF61 with
• steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
• absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 1 h 64 32
  F61l change beginF61 with
• steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
• no absorptive material in cavity
• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum boardchange end		 – 70 34
           
Roofs          
Wood Roof Trusses R1 • wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 45 min – –
           
Rating Provided by Membrane Only      
  M1 • supporting members spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 30 min – –
  M2 • supporting members spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
• 2 layers 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board		 1 h – –
Notes to Table A-9.10.3.1.B:
(1) For assemblies with a ceiling consisting of a single layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channels to obtain the listed ratings, the resilient metal channel arrangement at the gypsum board butt end joints should be as shown in Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A.
(2) For assemblies with a ceiling consisting of 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient metal channels to obtain the listed ratings, the fastener and resilient metal channel arrangement at the gypsum board butt end joints should be as shown in Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B.change endchange endchange end
(3) The change beginfire-resistance rating andchange end sound transmission class values given are for a minimum thickness of subfloor change beginor deckchange end as shown. Minimum subfloor thickness required is determined by change beginstructural memberchange end spacing (see Table 9.23.15.5.A). Thicker subflooring or decking is also acceptable.
(4) Sound absorptive material includes
  1. fibre processed from rock, slag, or glass, and
  2. loose-fill or spray-applied cellulose fibre.

To obtain the listed sound transmission class rating, the nominal insulation thickness is 150 mm for rock, slag, or glass fibres or loose-fill cellulose fibre, and 90 mmchange end for spray-applied cellulose fibre, change beginunless otherwise specifiedchange end. Absorptive material will affect the sound transmission class by approximately adding or subtracting 1 per 50 mmchange end change of thickness. change beginHowever, no additional sound transmission class value is achieved by adding a greater thickness of insulation than the depth of the assembly.change end
(5) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are based on the spacing of ceiling supports as noted. (See also Table Note (9).) A narrower spacing will be detrimental to the sound transmission class rating, but not to the fire-resistance rating.
(6) To obtain the listed rating, the type and spacing of fasteners are as described in and installed in accordance with Subsection 9.29.5. or CSA A82.31-M:
  1. fastener distance to board edges and butt ends should be not less than 38 mm, except for fasteners on the butt ends of the base layer in ceilings with two layers (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B); and
  2. fasteners are spaced not more than 300 mm o.c.
(7) See D-1.2.1.(2) in Appendix D for the significance of fire-resistance ratings.
(8) change beginThe sound transmission class values given in the Table are for the minimum depth of structural member noted in the description and applicable table notes. To obtain sound transmission class values for structural members deeper than that minimum, add 1 to the sound transmission class value in the table for each 170 mmchange end increase in structural member depth.change end
(9) change beginThe sound transmission class values given in the table are for structural member spacing of 300 mm o.c., unless otherwise noted in the description and applicable table notes. To obtain sound transmission class values for assemblies with structural members spaced more than 500 mm o.c.change end, add 1 to the sound transmission class value in the Table.change end
(10) The impact insulation class values given are for floor assemblies tested with no finished flooring.
(11) change beginWood floor joists are:
  1. wood joists with a minimum member size of 38 mm (width) x 235 mm (depth), except as otherwise noted (see Table Note (14)); or
  2. wood I-joists with a minimum flange size of 38 mm x 38 mm, a minimum OSB or plywood web thickness of 9.5 mm, and a minimum joist depth of 241 mm.change end
(12) change beginExcept where assemblies with wood I-joists are tested according to CAN/ULC-S101, “Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials,” the fire-resistance rating values apply only to I-joists that have been fabricated with a phenolic-based structural wood adhesive complying with CSA O112.10, “Evaluation of Adhesives for Structural Wood Products (Limited Moisture Exposure).” For I-joists with flanges made of laminated veneer lumber (LVL), the fire-resistance rating values apply only where the adhesive used in the LVL fabrication is a phenolic-based structural wood adhesive complying with CSA O112.9, “Evaluation of Adhesives for Structural Wood Products (Exterior Exposure).”change end
(13) change beginThe fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes spray-applied cellulose fibre with
  1. adhesive that is capable of providing a minimum cohesive/adhesive bond strength per unit area of 5 times the weight of the material under the test plate when tested in accordance with ASTM E 736,
  2. a minimum density of 35 kg/m3, and
  3. a minimum thickness of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor or deck, of 90 mm on the sides of the structural members, and for cold-formed steel joists, of 13 mm on the underside of the bottom flange other than at resilient metal channel locations.change end
(14) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets change beginonly applies to assemblies with solid wood joists andchange end is achieved only where absorptive material includes:
  1. fibre processed from rock or slag with a minimum thickness of 90 mm and a change beginminimum surface area masschange end of 2.8 kg/m2; or
  2. spray-applied cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum depth of 90 mm on the underside of the change beginsubfloorchange end and of 90 mm on the sides of the floor joists.
(15) change beginThe fire-resistance rating, sound transmission class and impact insulation class values given are also applicable to assemblies with 38 mm (width) x 184 mm (depth)change end solid wood joists.change end
(16) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes:
  1. fibre processed from rock or slag with a minimum thickness of 90 mm and a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2; or
  2. change beginspray-applied cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum depth of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor and of 90 mm on the webs or the sides of the structural members.change end
(17) change beginThe fire-resistance rating, sound transmission class and impact insulation class values within the square brackets only apply to assemblies with solid wood joists and are achieved only where absorptive material includes dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A 390 which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood joists with metal staples having legs that are 50 mm longchange end.change end
(18) change beginThe fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are achieved only where absorptive material includes:
  1. fibre processed from rock or slag that fills the joist cavity and has a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2, and for structural members at least 270 mm in depth, the fibre includes three layers each of which has a minimum thickness of 90 mm; or
  2. dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A 390 which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood joists or wood I-joists with metal staples having legs that are 50 mm or 30 mm long, respectively.change end
(19) change beginThe fire-resistance rating value only applies to assemblies with wood I-joists with flanges with a minimum thickness of 38 mm and a minimum width of 63 mmchange end.change end
(20) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are achieved only where absorptive material includes:
  1. fibre processed from rock or slag that fills the joist cavity and has a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2, and for structural members at least 270 mm in depth, the fibre includes three layers each of which has a minimum thickness of 90 mm; or
  2. dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A 390 which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood joists with metal staples having legs that are 50 mm long.
(21) The fire-resistance rating values given only apply to assemblies with solid wood joists spaced not more than 400 mm o.c. No information is available for assemblies constructed with wood I-joists.
(22) change beginWood floor trusses are:
  1. metal-plate-connected wood trusses with wood framing members not less than 38 mm x 64 mm, metal connector plates not less than 1 mm (nominal) thick with teeth not less than 8 mm long, and a minimum truss depth of 305 mm;
  2. metal-web wood trusses with wood chords not less than 38 mm x 64 mm, V-shaped webs made from galvanized steel of 1 mm (nominal) thickness with plate areas having teeth not less than 8 mm long, and a minimum truss depth of 286 mm; or
  3. finger-joined wood trusses with glued finger-joined connections, chord members not less than 38 mm x 64 mm, web members not less than 38 mm x 38 mm and a minimum truss depth of 330 mm, all of which is glued together with an R-14 phenol-resorcinol resin conforming to CSA O112.7-M.change end
(23) change beginThe fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock or slag with a minimum thickness of 90 mm and a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2change end.change end
(24) change beginThe fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values within square brackets are achieved only where absorptive material includes dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A 390 which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood trusses with metal staples having legs that are 38 mmchange end long.change end
(25) change beginCold-formed steel floor joists (C-shaped joists) are members with a minimum size of 41 mm (width) x 203 mm (depth) x 1.22 mmchange end (material thickness).change end
(26) change beginThe fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes spray-applied cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum thickness of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor, of 90 mm on the sides of the cold-formed steel floor joists, and of 13 mmchange end on the underside of the bottom flange other than at resilient metal channel locations.change end
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A
Single layer butt joint details
Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A:
(1)
Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
(2)
The structural member can be any one of the types described in the Table.
(3)
Adjacent gypsum board butt ends are attached to separate resilient channels using regular Type S screws, located a minimum of 38 mm from the butt end.
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B
Double layer butt joint details
Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B:
(1)
Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
(2)
The structural member can be any one of the types described in the Table.
(3)
Base layer butt ends can be attached to a single resilient channel using regular Type S screws.
(4)
Type G screws measuring a minimum of 32 mm in length and located a minimum of 38 mm from the butt end are used to fasten the butt ends of the face layer to the base layer.
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-C
change beginExample of steel furring channel
Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-C:
(1)
Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D
Example of resilient metal channel
Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D:
(1)
Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.change end

contentHistory

A-9.10.4.1.(4) Mezzanines Not Considered as Storeys
Mezzanines increase the occupant load and the fire load of the storey of which they are part. To take the added occupant load into account for the purpose of evaluating other requirements that are dependent on this criteria, their floor area is added to the floor area of the storey.
change beginA-9.10.8.3.(2) BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.10.9.2.(3) BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.10.9.3.(2) BC Deletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.10.9.6.(1) Penetration of Fire-Rated Assemblies by Service Equipment
This Sentence, together with Article 3.1.9.1., is intended to ensure that the integrity of fire-rated assemblies is maintained where they are penetrated by various types of service equipment.
For buildings regulated by the requirements in Part 3, fire stop materials used to seal openings around building services, such as pipes, ducts and electrical outlet boxes, must meet a minimum level of performance demonstrated by standard test criteria.
This is different from the approach in Part 9. Because of the type of construction normally used for buildings regulated by the requirements in Part 9, it is assumed that this requirement is satisfied by the use of generic fire stop materials such as mineral wool, gypsum plaster or Portland cement mortar.
A-9.10.9.16.(4) Separation between Dwelling Units and Storage or Repair Garages
The gas-tight barrier between a dwelling unit and an attached garage is intended to provide protection against the entry of carbon monoxide and gasoline fumes into the dwelling unit. Building assemblies incorporating an air barrier system will perform adequately with respect to gas tightness, provided all joints in the airtight material are sealed and reasonable care is exercised where the wall or ceiling is pierced by building services. Where a garage is open to the adjacent attic space above the dwelling unit it serves, a gas-tight barrier in the ceiling of the dwelling unit will also provide protection. Unit masonry walls forming the separation between a dwelling unit and an adjacent garage should be provided with two coats of sealer or plaster, or covered with gypsum wallboard on the side of the wall exposed to the garage. All joints must be sealed to ensure continuity of the barrier. (See also Sentences 9.25.3.3.(3) to (8).)
A-9.10.12.4.(1) Protection of Overhang of Common Roof Space
Figure A-9.10.12.4.(1)
Protection of overhang of common roof space
A-9.10.12.4.(3) Protection at Soffits
The materials required by this Sentence to be used as protection for soffit spaces in certain locations do not necessarily have to be the finish materials. They can be installed either behind the finishes chosen for the soffits or in lieu of these.
A-9.10.13.2.(1) Wood Doors in Fire Separations
CAN/ULC-S113 provides construction details to enable manufacturers to build wood core doors that will provide a 20 min fire-protection rating without the need for testing. The standard requires each door to be marked with
  1. the manufacturer's or vendor's name or identifying symbol,
  2. the words “Fire Door,” and
  3. a reference to the fire-protection rating of 20 min.
change beginA-9.10.14.5.(1) Minor Combustible Cladding Elements
Minor elements of cladding that is required to be noncombustible are permitted to be of combustible material, provided they are distributed over the building face and not concentrated in one area. Examples of minor combustible cladding elements include door and window trim and some decorative elements.
A-9.10.14.5.(7) Permitted Projections
The definition of exposing building face provided in Sentence 1.4.1.2.(1) of Division A refers to “that part of the exterior wall of a building … or, where a building is divided into fire compartments, the exterior wall of a fire compartment …” Because the exposing building face is defined with respect to the exterior wall, projections from exposing building faces are elements that do not incorporate exterior walls. Depending on their specific configurations, examples of constructions that would normally be permitted by Sentence 9.10.14.5.(7) are balconies, platforms, canopies, eave projections and stairs. However, if a balcony, platform or stair is enclosed, its exterior wall would become part of an exposing building face and the construction could not be considered to be a projection from the exposing building face.change end
change beginA-9.10.14.5.(8) Protection at Projections
Sentence 9.10.14.5.(7) permits certain projections from exposing building faces where the projections do not have exterior walls and thus clearly do not constitute part of the exposing building face. Sentence 9.10.14.5.(8) refers to other types of projections from the exposing building face, such as those for fireplaces and chimneys. It is recognized that these types present more vertical surface area compared to platforms, canopies and eave projections, and may be enclosed by constructions that are essentially the same as exterior walls. These constructions, however, do not enclose habitable space, are of limited width and may not extend a full storey in height. Consequently, Sentence (8) allows these projections beyond the exposing building face of buildings identified in Sentence (6), provided additional fire protection is installed on the projection.
Figure A-9.10.14.5.(8) illustrates projections that extend within 1.2 m of the property line where additional protection must be provided. Where a projection extends within 0.6 m of the property line, it must be protected to the same degree as an exposing building face that has a limiting distance of less than 0.6 m. Where a projection extends to less than 1.2 m but not less than 0.6 m of the property line, it must be protected to the same degree as an exposing building face that has a limiting distance of less than 1.2 m.
Protection is also required on the underside of the projection where the projection is more than 0.6 m above finished ground level, measured at the exposing building face.
Figure A-9.10.14.5.(8)
Protection at projectionschange end
A-9.10.15.1.(1) BC Deleted

contentHistory

change beginA-9.10.15. Application of Subsection
Subsection 9.10.15. applies to the spatial separation between buildings of residential occupancy where there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit. Such buildings include detached houses, semi-detached houses (doubles) and row houses, where there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit.change end
A-9.10.15.4.(2) Staggered or Skewed Exposing Building Faces of Houses
Studies at the National Fire Laboratory of the National Research Council have shown that, where an exposing building face is stepped back from the property line or is at an angle to the property line, it is possible to increase the percentage of unprotected openings in those portions of the exposing building face further from the property line without increasing the amount of radiated energy that would reach the property line in the event of a fire in such a building. Figures A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A, A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B and A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C show how Sentences 9.10.15.4.(1) and (2), and 9.10.15.5.(2) and (3) can be applied to exposing building faces that are stepped back from or not parallel to the property line. The following procedure can be used to establish the maximum permitted area of unprotected openings for such facades:
  1. Calculate the total area of the exposing building face, i.e. facade of the fire compartment, as described in the definition of exposing building face.
  2. Identify the portions into which the exposing building face is to be divided. It can be divided in any number of portions, not necessarily of equal size.
  3. Measure the limiting distance for each portion. The limiting distance is measured along a line perpendicular to the wall surface from the point closest to the property line.
  4. Establish the line in Table 9.10.15.4. from which the maximum permitted percentage area of change beginDeletedchange end unprotected openings will be read. The selection of the line depends on the maximum area of exposing building face for the whole fire compartment, including all portions, as determined in Step 1.
  5. On that line, read the maximum percentage area of change beginDeletedchange end unprotected openings permitted in each portion of the exposing building face according to the limiting distance for that portion.
  6. Calculate the maximum area of change beginDeletedchange end unprotected openings permitted in each portion. The area is calculated from the percentage found applied to the area of that portion.
Table 9.10.15.4. is used to read the maximum area of change beginDeletedchange end unprotected openings: this means that the opaque portion of doors does not have to be counted as for other types of buildings.
change beginNote that this Appendix Note and the Figures do not describe or illustrate maximum permitted concentrated area or spacing of individual change beginDeletedchange end unprotected openings, or limits on the location of dividing lines between portions of the exposing building face depending on the location of these openings with respect to interior rooms or spaces. See Sentences 9.10.15.2.(2) and 9.10.15.4.(2) to (4) for the applicable requirements.change end
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a staggered wall of a house
Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A:
(1)
See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(2).
(2)
See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(3).
(3)
See Table 9.10.15.4.
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a skewed wall of a house with some arbitrary division of the wall
Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B:
(1)
See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(2).
(2)
See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(3).
(3)
See Table 9.10.15.4.change end
(4)
To simplify the calculations, choose the column for the lesser limiting distance nearest to the actual limiting distance. Interpolation for limiting distance is also acceptable and may result in a slightly larger permitted area of change beginDeletedchange end unprotected openings. Interpolation can only be used for limiting distances greater than 1.2 m.
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a skewed wall of a house with a different arbitrary division of the wall
Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C:
(1)
See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(2).
(2)
See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(3).
(3)
See Table 9.10.15.4.change end
(4)
To simplify the calculations, choose the column for the lesser limiting distance nearest to the actual limiting distance. Interpolation for limiting distance is also acceptable and may result in a slightly larger permitted area of change beginDeletedchange end unprotected openings. Interpolation can only be used for limiting distances greater than 1.2 m.

contentHistory

A-9.10.19.3.(1) Location of Smoke Alarms
There are two important points to bear in mind when considering where to locate smoke alarms in dwelling units:
A smoke alarm located in the living area and wired so as to sound another smoke alarm located near the bedrooms is the ideal solution. However, it is difficult to define exactly what is meant by “living area.” It is felt to be too stringent to require a smoke alarm in every part of a dwelling unit that could conceivably be considered a “living area” (living room, family room, study, etc.). Sentence 9.10.19.3.(1) addresses these issues by requiring at least one smoke alarm on every storey change begincontaining a sleeping roomchange end. Thus, in a dwelling unit complying with Sentence 9.10.19.3.(1), every living area will probably be located within a reasonable distance of a smoke alarm. Nevertheless, where a choice arises as to where on a storey to locate the required smoke alarm or alarms, one should be located as close as possible to a living area, provided the requirements related to proximity to bedrooms are also satisfied.
change beginA smoke alarm is not required on each level in a split-level dwelling unit as each level does not count as a separate storey. Determine the number of storeys in a split-level dwelling unit and which levels are part of which storey as follows:
  1. establish grade, which is the lowest of the average levels of finished ground adjoining each exterior wall of a building;
  2. identify the first storey, which is the uppermost storey having its floor level not more than 2 m above grade;
  3. identify the basement, which is the storey or storeys located below the first storey;
  4. identify the second storey and, where applicable, the third storey.
As a minimum, one smoke alarm is required to be installed in each storey, preferably on the upper level of each one. As noted above, however, when the dwelling unit contains more than one sleeping area, an alarm must be installed to serve each area. Where the sleeping areas are on two levels of a single storey in a split-level dwelling unit, an additional smoke alarm must be installed so that both areas are protected. See Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1).
Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1)
Two-storey split-level building
Notes to Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1):
(1)
One smoke alarm required for each of the basement, first storey and second storey.
(2)
An additional smoke alarm is required on the lower level of the second storey outside the sleeping rooms.change end
A-9.10.20.3.(1) Fire Department Access Route Modification
In addition to other considerations taken into account in the planning of fire department access routes, special variations could be permitted for a house or residential building that is protected with an automatic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system must be designed in accordance with the appropriate NFPA standard and there must be assurance that water supply pressure and quantity are unlikely to fail. These considerations could apply to buildings that are located on the sides of hills and are not conveniently accessible by roads designed for firefighting equipment and also to infill housing units that are located behind other buildings on a given property.
A-9.10.22. Clearances from Gas, Propane and Electric change beginCooktopschange end
change beginThe British Columbia Electrical Safety Regulation,change end and change beginthe British Columbia Gas Safety Regulation,change end referenced in Article 9.10.22.1., address clearances directly above, in front of, behind and beside the appliance. Where side clearances are zero, the standards do not address clearances to building elements located both above the level of the change begincooktop elements or burnerschange end and to the side of the appliance. Through reference to change beginthe Electrical Safety Regulation and the Gas Safety Regulationchange end and the requirements in Articles 9.10.22.2. and 9.10.22.3., the British Columbia Building Code (BCBC) addresses all clearances. Where clearances are addressed by the BCBC and change beginthe Electrical Safety Regulation or the Gas Safety Regulation,change end conformance with all relevant criteria is achieved by compliance with the most stringent criteria.
Figure A-9.10.22.
Clearances from change begincooktopschange end to walls and cabinetry

contentHistory

A-9.11.1.1.(1) Sound Transmission Class Ratings
The specified STC rating of 50 is considered the minimum acceptable value, but many builders prefer to design for STC 55 or more in high quality accommodation.
Another reason to choose assemblies rated higher than STC 50 is that the STC ratings of assemblies are based on laboratory tests, but the sound transmission of any assembly as constructed in the field may be significantly less than its rating. This can be due to sound leaks, departures from design, poor workmanship or indirect (flanking) transmission paths overlooked in design. To provide a margin of safety to compensate for these, builders often select wall and floor systems that have been rated at least 5 points higher than the design STC rating in laboratory tests.
Sound leaks can occur where one wall meets another, the floor, or the ceiling. Leaks may also occur where the wall finish is cut for the installation of equipment or services. Avoid back-to-back electrical outlets or medicine cabinets. Carefully seal cracks or openings so structures are effectively airtight. Apply sealant below the plates in stud walls, between the bottom of drywall sheets and the structure behind, around all penetrations for services and, in general, wherever there is a crack, a hole or the possibility of one developing. Sound-absorbing material inside a well-designed wall decreases sound transmission. It has another advantage; it also helps to reduce the effects of leaks due, perhaps, to poor workmanship.
Indirect or flanking transmission arises where the parts of a building are rigidly connected together and where cavities in hollow walls or floors, or continuous lightweight layers connect apartments. Sound travels in cavities, as vibration along surfaces and through walls, ceilings and floors to adjacent rooms. Many paths other than the direct one through the party wall or floor may be involved. To achieve good sound insulation, transmission along flanking paths must be minimized by introducing breaks and resilient connections in the construction. Some examples of bad and good details are shown in Figure A-9.11.1.1.(1)
Changes to constructions should not be made without consultation with someone competent in the field of acoustical design. Adding extra layers of drywall to walls in an attempt to reduce sound transmission, can actually increase it if done incorrectly. For example, attaching drywall on resilient channels directly to an existing wall or ceiling usually increases low frequency sound transmission. Adding an additional layer of drywall inside a double layer wall will also seriously increase sound transmission. Adding blocking inside walls to reduce the risk of fire spread should be done so it does not increase vibration transmission from one part of a wall or floor to the other.
Figure A-9.11.1.1.(1)
Cross-section through wall/floor junctions
To verify that acoustical privacy is being achieved, a field test can be done at an early stage in the construction; ASTM E 336 will give a complete measurement. A simpler and less expensive method is ASTM E 597, “Determining a Single Number Rating of Airborne Sound Insulation for Use in Multi-Unit Building Specifications.” The rating provided by this test is usually within 2 points of the STC obtained from ASTM E 336. It is useful for verifying performance and finding problems during construction. Alterations can then be made prior to project completion.
Impact Noise
Section 9.11. has no requirements for control of impact noise transmission. Footstep and other impacts can cause severe annoyance in multi-family residences. Builders concerned about quality and reducing occupant complaints will ensure that floors are designed to minimize impact transmission. A recommended criterion is that bare floors (tested without a carpet) should achieve an impact insulation class (IIC) of 55. Some lightweight floors that satisfy this requirement may still cause complaints about low frequency impact noise transmission. Adding carpet to a floor will always increase the IIC rating but will not necessarily reduce low frequency noise transmission. Good footstep noise rejection requires fairly heavy floor slabs or floating floors. Impact noise requirements are being considered for inclusion in future versions of the change beginBy-lawchange end.
Most frequently used methods of test for impact noise are ASTM E 492, “Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies Using The Tapping Machine,” or ASTM E 1007, “Field Measurement of Tapping Machine Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies and Associated Support Structures.”
Machinery Noise
Elevators, garbage chutes, plumbing, fans, and heat pumps are common sources of noise in buildings. To reduce annoyance from these, they should be placed as far as possible from sensitive areas. Vibrating parts should be isolated from the building structure using resilient materials such as neoprene or rubber.

contentHistory

change beginA-9.11.2.1.(2) BC Deletedchange end

contentHistory

A-Table 9.12.2.2. Minimum Depths of Foundations
The requirements for clay soils or soils not clearly defined are intended to apply to those soils that are subject to significant volume changes with changes in moisture content.
A-9.12.2.2.(2) Depth and Insulation of Foundations
Figure A-9.12.2.2.(2)
Foundation insulation and heat flow to footings
A-9.12.3.3.(1) Deleterious Material in Backfill
The deleterious debris referred to in this provision includes, but is not limited to:
change beginA-9.13.2.6. Protection of Interior Finishes from Moisture
Excess water from cast-in-place concrete and ground moisture tends to migrate toward interior spaces, particularly in the spring and summer. Where moisture-susceptible materials, such as finishes or wood members, are in contact with the foundation wall, the moisture needs to be controlled by installing a moisture barrier on the interior surface of the foundation wall that extends from the underside of the interior finish up the face of the wall to a point just above the level of the ground outside.
The reason the moisture barrier on the interior surface of the foundation wall must be stopped near ground level is to allow any moisture that finds its way into the finished wall cavity from the interior space (through leaks in the air or vapour barrier) to diffuse to the exterior. If the vapour permeance of dampproofing membranes or coatings exceeds 170 ng/(Pa•s•m2), such moisture barriers may be carried full height; if their vapour permeance is less than that, this moisture risks being trapped on the interior surface of the moisture barriers. The permeance limit corresponds to the lower limit for breather-type membranes, such as asphalt-impregnated sheathing paper.
Some insulation products can also be used to protect interior finishes from the effects of moisture. They have shown acceptable performance when applied over the entire foundation wall because, in this case, they also provide vapour barrier and moisture barrier functions and possibly also the air barrier function. Where a single product provides all these functions, there is no risk of trapping moisture between two functional barriers with low water vapour permeance.change end
A-9.13.4. Soil Gas Control
Outdoor air entering a dwelling through above-grade leaks in the building envelope normally improves the indoor air quality in the dwelling by reducing the concentrations of pollutants and water vapour. It is only undesirable because it cannot be controlled. On the other hand, air entering a dwelling through below-grade leaks in the envelope may increase the water vapour content of the indoor air and may also bring in a number of pollutants picked up from the soil. This mixture of air, water vapour and pollutants is sometimes referred to as “soil gas.” One pollutant often found in soil gas is radon.
change beginSentence 9.13.4.2.(1), which requires the installation of an air barrier system, addresses the protection from all soil gases, while the remainder of Article 9.13.4.2. along with Article 9.13.4.3., which require the provision of the means to depressurize the space between the air barrier change beginsystemchange end and the ground, specifically address the capability to mitigate high radon concentrations in the future, should this become necessary.change end
Radon is a colourless, odourless, radioactive gas that occurs naturally as a result of the decay of radium. It is found to varying degrees as a component of soil gas in all regions of Canada and is known to enter dwelling units by infiltration into basements and crawl spaces. The presence of radon in sufficient quantity can lead to an increased risk of lung cancer.
The potential for high levels of radon infiltration is very difficult to evaluate prior to construction and thus a radon problem may only become apparent once the building is completed and occupied. Therefore various sections of Part 9 require the application of certain radon exclusion measures in all dwellings. These measures are
change beginThe principal method of resisting the ingress of all soil gases, a resistance which is required for many buildings (see Sentence 9.13.4.2.(1)), is to seal the interface between the soil and the occupied space, so far as is reasonably practicable. Sections 9.18. and 9.25. contain requirements for air and soil gas barriers in assemblies in contact with ground, including those in crawl spaces. Providing control joints to reduce cracking of foundation walls and airtight covers for sump pits (see Section 9.14.) are other measures that can help achieve this objective. The requirements provided in Subsection 9.25.3. are explained in Appendix Notes A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6. and A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3).
The principal method of excluding radon is to ensure that the pressure difference across the ground/space interface is positive (i.e., towards the outside) so that the inward flow of radon through any remaining leaks will be minimized. The requirements provided in Article 9.13.4.3. are explained in Appendix Note A-9.13.4.3.change end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.13.4.2.(3) Exception for Buildings Occupied for a Few Hours a Day
The criterion used by Health Canada to establish the guideline for acceptable radon concentration is the time that occupants spend inside buildings. Health Canada recommends installing a means for the future removal of radon in buildings that are occupied by persons for more than 4 hours per day. Sentence 9.13.4.2.(3) therefore does not apply to buildings or portions of buildings that are intended to be occupied for less than 4 hours a day. Addressing a radon problem in such buildings in the future, should that become necessary, can also be achieved by providing a means for increased ventilation at times when these buildings are occupied.

contentHistory

A-9.13.4.3.
Providing Performance Criteria for the Depressurization of the Space Between the Air Barrier change beginSystemchange end and the Ground
Article 9.13.4.3. contains two sets of requirements: Sentence (2) describes the criteria for subfloor depressurization systems using performance-oriented language, while Sentence (3) describes one particular acceptable solution using more prescriptive language.
In some cases, subfloor depressurization requires a solution other than the one described in Sentence (3), for example, where compactable fill is installed under slab-on-grade construction.
change beginCompletion of a Subfloor Depressurization System
The completion of a subfloor depressurization system may be necessary to reduce the radon concentration to a level below the guideline specified by Health Canada. In this case, to complete the system, the radon vent pipe is mechanically assisted to enable effective depressurization of the space between the air barrier system and the ground. An electrically powered fan is typically installed somewhere along the radon vent pipe.
Further information on protection from radon ingress can be found in the following Health Canada publications:

contentHistory

A-9.13.4.3.(2)(b)(i) and (3)(b)(i) Effective Depressurization
To allow effective depressurization of the space between the air barrier change beginsystemchange end and the ground, the extraction opening (the pipe) should not be blocked and should be arranged such that air can be extracted from the entire space between the air barrier change beginsystemchange end and the ground. This will ensure that the extraction system can maintain negative pressure underneath the entire floor (or in heated crawl spaces underneath the air barrier). The arrangement and location of the extraction system inlet(s) may have design implications where the footing layout separates part of the space underneath the floor.

contentHistory

change beginA-9.13.4.3.(3)(b) Vent Terminals
To prevent soil gases from entering a building through air intakes, windows, and other openings in the building envelope, radon vent pipe terminations should be installed in a similar manner to plumbing vent terminals. (See A-2.5.6.5.(4) in Appendix A of Division B to Book II of the Code.)change end
A-9.14.2.1.(2)(a) Insulation Applied to the Exterior of Foundation Walls
In addition to the prevention of heat loss, some types of mineral fibre insulation, such as rigid glass fibre, are installed on the exterior of basement walls for the purpose of moisture control. This is sometimes used instead of crushed rock as a drainage layer between the basement wall and the surrounding soil in order to facilitate the drainage of soil moisture. Water drained by this drainage layer must be carried away from the foundation by the footing drains or the granular drainage layer in order to prevent it from developing hydro-static pressure against the wall. Provision must be made to permit the drainage of this water either by extending the insulation or crushed rock to the drain or by the installation of granular material connecting the two. The installation of such drainage layer does not eliminate the need for normal waterproofing or dampproofing of walls as specified in Section 9.13.
A-9.15.1.1. Application of Footing and Foundation Requirements to Decks and Similar Constructions
Because decks, balconies, verandas and similar platforms support occupancies, they are, by definition, considered as buildings or parts of buildings. Consequently, the requirements in Section 9.15. regarding footings and foundations apply to these constructions.
A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and 9.20.1.1.(1)(b) Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
Insulating concrete form (ICF) walls are concrete walls that are cast into polystyrene forms, which remain in place after the concrete has cured. Flat ICF walls are solid ICF walls where the concrete is of uniform thickness over the height and width of the wall.
A-9.15.2.4.(1) Preserved Wood Foundations – Design Assumptions
Tabular data and figures in CAN/CSA-S406, “Construction of Preserved Wood Foundations,” are based upon the general principles provided in CSA O86, “Engineering Design in Wood,” with the following assumptions:
Table A-9.15.2.4.(1)
roof 0.50 kPa
floor 0.47 kPa
wall (with siding) 0.32 kPa
wall (with masonry veneer) 1.94 kPa
foundation wall 0.27 kPa
partitions 0.20 kPa

contentHistory

A-9.15.3.4.(2) Footing Sizes
The footing sizes in Table 9.15.3.4. are based on typical construction consisting of a roof, not more than 3 storeys, and centre bearing walls or beams. For this reason, Clause 9.15.3.3.(1)(b) stipulates a maximum supported joist span of 4.9 m.
It has become common to use flat wood trusses or wood I-joists to span greater distances in floors of small buildings. Where these spans exceed 4.9 m, minimum footing sizes may be based on the following method:
  1. Determine for each storey the span of joists that will be supported on a given footing. Sum these lengths (sum1).
  2. Determine the product of the number of storeys times 4.9 m (sum2).
  3. Determine the ratio of sum1 to sum2.
  4. Multiply this ratio by the minimum footing sizes in Table 9.15.3.4. to get the required minimum footing size.
Example: A 2-storey house is built using wood I-joists spanning 6 m.
  1. sum1 = 6 + 6 = 12 m
  2. sum2 = 4.9 x 2 = 9.8 m
  3. ratio sum1/sum2 = 12/9.8 = 1.22
  4. required minimum footing size = 1.22 x 350 mm (minimum footing size provided in Table 9.15.3.4.) = 427 mm.
change beginA-9.16.2.1.(1) Drainage Layer Beneath Floors-on-Ground
A drainage layer required by Sentence 9.16.2.1.(1) shall also be gas-permeable and conform to Article 9.13.4.3. in buildings to which that Article applies.change end
A-9.17.2.2.(2) Lateral Support of Columns
Because the NBC does not provide prescriptive criteria to describe the minimum required lateral support, constructions are limited to those that have demonstrated effective performance over time and those that are designed according to Part 4. Verandas on early 20th century homes provide one example of constructions whose floor and roof are typically tied to the rest of the building to provide effective lateral support. Large decks set on tall columns, however, are likely to require additional lateral support even where they are connected to the building on one side.
A-9.17.3.4. Design of Steel Columns
The permitted live floor loads of 2.4 kPa and the spans described for steel beams, wood beams and floor joists are such that the load on columns could exceed 36 kN, the maximum allowable load on columns prescribed in CAN/CGSB-7.2, “Adjustable Steel Columns.” In the context of Part 9, loads on columns are calculated from the supported area times the live load per unit area, using the supported length of joists and beams. The supported length is half of the joist spans on each side of the beam and half the beam span on each side of the column.
Dead load is not included based on the assumption that the maximum live load will not be applied over the whole floor. Designs according to Part 4 must consider all applied loads.
A-9.18.7.1.(4) Protection of Ground Cover in Warm Air Plenums
The purpose of the requirement is to protect combustible ground cover from smoldering cigarette butts that may drop through air registers. The protective material should extend beyond the opening of the register and have up-turned edges, as a butt may be deflected sideways as it falls.
A-9.19.1.1.(1) Venting of Attic or Roof Spaces
Controlling the flow of moisture by air leakage and vapour diffusion into attic or roof spaces is necessary to limit moisture-induced deterioration. Given that imperfections normally exist in the vapour barriers and air barrier systems, recent research indicates that venting of attic or roof spaces is generally still required. The exception provided in Article 9.19.1.1. recognizes that some specialized ceiling-roof assemblies, such as those used in some factory-built buildings, have, over time, demonstrated that their construction is sufficiently tight to prevent excessive moisture accumulation. In these cases, ventilation would not be required.
change beginFurther, the use of spray-in-place foam (SPF) insulation may also be considered sufficiently tight to prevent excessive moisture accumulation provided that acceptable procedures, material requirements, location restraints, installation requirements and inspection documentation has been met. The exception for SPF is for a ‘typical’ indoor environment. The exception shall not be used for high humidity interior environments such as ceilings above indoor hot tubs, etc. Caution should also be given to the use of SPF in ceilings above kitchens and bathrooms, where the incorrect use of venting equipment could create high humidity conditions for extended periods of time. For installations where the ceiling-roof assembly has a slope of less than 2-in-12, additional attention should be given to the roof membrane. More frequent monitoring and maintenance is recommended. Where possible, it is recommended that the vapour be allowed to transfer to the top side of the assembly, in other words, consideration should be given for cross ventilation above the roof sheathing.change end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.19.2.1.(1) Access to Attic or Roof Space
The term “open space” refers to the space between the insulation and the roof sheathing. Sentence 9.19.2.1.(1) requires the installation of an access hatch where the open space in the attic or roof is large enough to allow visual inspection. Although the dimensions of an uninsulated attic or roof space may meet the size that triggers the requirement for an access hatch to be installed, most of that space will actually be filled with insulation and may therefore not be easily inspected, particularly in smaller buildings or under low-sloped roofs.change end

contentHistory

A-9.20.1.2. Seismic Information
Information on spectral response acceleration values for various locations can be found in Appendix C, Climatic and Seismic Information for Building Design in Canada.
A-9.20.5.1.(1) Masonry Support
Masonry veneer must be supported on a stable structure in order to avoid cracking of the masonry due to differential movement relative to parts of the support. Wood framing is not normally used as a support for the weight of masonry veneer because of its shrinkage characteristics. Where the weight of masonry veneer is supported on a wood structure, as is the case for the preserved wood foundations referred to in Sentence 9.20.5.1.(1) for example, measures must be taken to ensure that any differential movement that may be harmful to the performance of masonry is minimized or accommodated. The general principle stated in Article 9.4.1.1., however, makes it possible to support the weight of masonry veneer on wood framing, provided that engineering design principles prescribed in Part 4 are followed to ensure that the rigidity of the support is compatible with the stiffness of the masonry being supported and that differential movements between the support and masonry are accommodated.
A-9.20.8.5. Distance from Edge of Masonry to Edge of Supporting Members
Figure A-9.20.8.5.
Maximum projection of masonry beyond its support
A-9.20.12.2.(2) Corbelling of Masonry Foundation Walls
Figure A-9.20.12.2.(2)
Maximum corbel dimensions
A-9.20.13.9.(3) Dampproofing of Masonry Walls
The reason for installing sheathing paper behind masonry walls is to prevent rainwater from reaching the interior finish if it should leak past the masonry. The sheathing paper intercepts the rainwater and leads it to the bottom of the wall where the flashing directs it to the exterior via weep holes. If the insulation is a type that effectively resists the penetration of water, and is installed so that water will not collect behind it, then there is no need for sheathing paper. If water that runs down between the masonry and the insulation is able to leak out at the joints in the insulation, such insulation will not act as a substitute for sheathing paper. If water cannot leak through the joints in the insulation but collects in cavities between the masonry and insulation, subsequent freezing could damage the wall. Where sheathing paper is not used, therefore, the adhesive or mortar should be applied to form a continuous bond between the masonry and the insulation. If this is not practicable because of an irregular masonry surface, then sheathing paper is necessary.
A-9.21.3.6.(2) Metal Chimney Liners
Under the provisions of Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, masonry chimneys with metal liners may be permitted to serve solid-fuel-burning appliances if tests show that such liners will provide an equivalent level of safety.
A-9.21.4.4.(1) Location of Chimney Top
Figure A-9.21.4.4.(1)
Vertical and horizontal distances from chimney top to roof
A-9.21.4.5.(2) Lateral Support for Chimneys
Where a chimney is fastened to the house framing with metal anchors, in accordance with CAN/CSA-A370, “Connectors for Masonry,” it is considered to have adequate lateral support. The portion of the chimney stack above the roof is considered as free standing and may require additional lateral support.
A-9.21.5.1.(1) Clearance from Combustible Materials
For purposes of this Sentence, an exterior chimney can be considered to be one which has at least one surface exposed to the outside atmosphere or unheated space over the majority of its height. All other chimneys should be considered to be interior.
A-9.23.1.1. Constructions Other than Light Wood-Frame Constructions
The prescriptive requirements in Section 9.23. apply only to standard light wood-frame construction. Other constructions, such as post, beam and plank construction, plank frame wall construction, and log construction must be designed in accordance with Part 4.
A-9.23.1.1.(1) Application of Section 9.23
In previous editions of the change beginBy-lawchange end, Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) referred to “conventional” wood-frame construction. Over time, conventions have changed and the application of Part 9 has expanded.
The prescriptive requirements provided in Section 9.23. still focus on lumber beams, joists, studs and rafters as the main structural elements of “wood-frame construction.” The requirements recognize—and have recognized for some time—that walls and floors may be supported by components made of material other than lumber; for example, by foundations described in Section 9.15. or by steel beams described in Article 9.23.4.3. These constructions still fall within the general category of wood-frame construction.
With more recent innovations, alternative structural components are being incorporated into wood-frame buildings. Wood I-joists, for example, are very common. Where these components are used in lieu of lumber, the requirements in Section 9.23. that specifically apply to lumber joists do not apply to these components: for example, limits on spans and acceptable locations for notches and holes. However, requirements regarding the fastening of floor sheathing to floor joists still apply, and the use of wood I-joists does not affect the requirements for wall or roof framing.
Similarly, if steel floor joists are used in lieu of lumber joists, the requirements regarding wall or roof framing are not affected.
Conversely, Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) precludes the installation of pre-cast concrete floors on wood-frame walls since these are not “generally comprised of ... small repetitive structural members ... spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.”
Thus, the reference to “engineered components” in Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) is intended to indicate that, where an engineered product is used in lieu of lumber for one part of the building, this does not preclude the application of the remainder of Section 9.23. to the structure, provided the limits to application with respect to cladding, sheathing or bracing, spacing of framing members, supported loads and maximum spans are respected.

contentHistory

change beginA-9.23.3.1.(2) Alternative Nail Sizes
Where power nails or nails with smaller diameters than required by Table 9.23.3.4. are used to connect framing, the following equations can be used to determine the required spacing or required number of nails.
The maximum spacing can be reduced using the following equation:
where
Sadj= adjusted nail spacing ≥ 20 x nail diameter,
Stable= nail spacing required by Table 9.23.3.4.,
Dred= smaller nail diameter than required by Table 9.23.3.1., and
Dtable= nail diameter required by Table 9.23.3.1.
The number of nails can be increased using the following equation:
where
Nadj= adjusted number of nails,
Ntable= number of nails required by Table 9.23.3.4.,
Dtable= nail diameter required by Table 9.23.3.1., and
Dred= smaller nail diameter than required by Table 9.23.3.1.
Note that nails should be spaced sufficiently far apart—preferably no less than 55 mm apart—to avoid splitting of framing lumber.change end
change beginA-9.23.3.1.(3) Standard for Screws
The requirement that wood screws conform to ASME B18.6.1, “Wood Screws (Inch Series),” is not intended to preclude the use of Robertson head screws. The requirement is intended to specify the mechanical properties of the fastener, not to restrict the means of driving the fastener.change end
A-9.23.3.3.(1) Prevention of Splitting
Figure A-9.23.3.3.(1) illustrates the intent of the phrase “staggering the nails in the direction of the grain.”
Figure A-9.23.3.3.(1)
Staggered nailing
change beginA-Table 9.23.3.5.B. Alternative Nail Sizes
Where power nails or nails having a different diameter than the diameters listed in CSA B111 are used to connect the edges of the wall sheathing to the wall framing of wood-sheathed braced wall panels, the maximum spacing should be as shown in Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.B.
Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.B.
Alternative Nail Diameters and Spacing
Element Nail Diameter, mm(1) Maximum Spacing of Nails Along Edges of Wall Sheathing, mm o.c.
Plywood, OSB or waferboard 2.19-2.52 75
2.53-2.82 100
2.83-3.09 125
> 3.09 150
Notes to Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.B.:
(1) For alternative nail lengths of 63 mmchange end or longer.change end
A-9.23.4.2. Span Tables for Wood Joists, Rafters and Beams
In these span tables the term “rafter” refers to a sloping wood framing member which supports the roof sheathing and encloses an attic space but does not support a ceiling. The term “roof joist” refers to a horizontal or sloping wood framing member that supports the roof sheathing and the ceiling finish but does not enclose an attic space.
Where rafters or roof joists are intended for use in a locality having a higher specified roof snow load than shown in the tables, the maximum member spacing may be calculated as the product of the member spacing and specified snow load shown in the span tables divided by the specified snow load for the locality being considered. The following examples show how this principle can be applied:
  1. For a 3.5 kPa specified snow load, use spans for 2.5 kPa and 600 mm o.c. spacing but space members 400 mm o.c.
  2. For a 4.0 kPa specified snow load, use spans for 2.0 kPa and 600 mm o.c. spacing but space members 300 mm o.c.
The maximum spans in the span tables are measured from the inside face or edge of support to the inside face or edge of support.
In the case of sloping roof framing members, the spans are expressed in terms of the horizontal distance between supports rather than the length of the sloping member. The snow loads are also expressed in terms of the horizontal projection of the sloping roof. Spans for odd size lumber may be estimated by straight line interpolation in the tables.
These span tables may be used where members support a uniform live load only. Where the members are required to be designed to support a concentrated load, they must be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.3.1.
Supported joist length in Tables A-8, A-9 and A-10 means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam. For supported joist lengths between those shown in the tables, straight line interpolation may be used in determining the maximum beam span.
Tables A-1 to A-16 cover only the most common configurations. Especially in the area of floors, a wide variety of other configurations is possible: glued subfloors, concrete toppings, machine stress rated lumber, etc. The Canadian Wood Council publishes “The Span Book,” a compilation of span tables covering many of these alternative configurations. Although these tables have not been subject to the formal committee review process, the Canadian Wood Council generates, for the CCBFC, all of the change beginBy-law’schange end span tables for wood structural components; thus change beginBy-lawchange end users can be confident that the alternative span tables in “The Span Book” are consistent with the span tables in the change beginBy-lawchange end and with relevant change beginBy-lawchange end requirements.
Spans for wood joists, rafters and beams which fall outside the scope of these tables, including those for U.S. species and individual species not marketed in the commercial species combinations described in the span tables, can be calculated in conformance with CSA O86, “Engineering Design in Wood.”

contentHistory

A-9.23.4.2.(2) Numerical Method to Establish Vibration-Controlled Spans for Wood-Frame Floors
In addition to the normal strength and deflection analyses, the calculations on which the floor joist span tables are based include a method of ensuring that the spans are not so long that floor vibrations could lead to occupants perceiving the floors as too “bouncy” or “springy.” Limiting deflection under the normal uniformly distributed loads to 1/360 of the span does not provide this assurance.
Normally, vibration analysis requires detailed dynamic modelling. However, the calculations for the span tables use the following simplified static analysis method of estimating vibration-acceptable spans:
For a given joist species and grade, the value of K shall not be greater than K3, the value which results in a vibration-controlled span of exactly 3 m. This means that for vibration-controlled spans 3 m or less, K always equals K3, and for vibration-controlled spans greater than 3 m, K is as calculated.
Note that, for a sawn lumber joist, the ratio Si/S184 is equivalent to its depth (mm) divided by 184.
Due to rounding differences, the method, as presented here, might produce results slightly different from those produced by the computer program used to generate the span tables.
Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)A
Constants A and B for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans – General Cases
Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.23.4.2.(2)

Subfloor Thickness, mm (in.)

With Strapping(1)

 With Bridging With Strapping and Bridging

Joist Spacing, mm (in.)

Joist Spacing, mm (in.)

Joist Spacing, mm (in.)

300 (12)

400 (16)

600 (24)

300 (12)

400 (16)

600 (24)

300 (12)

400 (16)

600 (24)

Constant A

15.5 (⅝)

0.30 0.25 0.20 0.37 0.31 0.25 0.42 0.35 0.28

19.0 (¾)

0.36 0.30 0.24 0.45 0.37 0.30 0.50 0.42 0.33
Constant B
  0.33 0.38 0.41
Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)A:
(1) Gypsum board attached directly to joists can be considered equivalent to strapping.
Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)B
Constants A and B for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans – Special Cases
Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.23.4.2.(2)

Subfloor Thickness, mm (in.)

Joists with Ceiling Attached to Wood Furring(1)

Joists with Concrete Topping(2)
Without Bridging With Bridging With or Without Bridging

Joist Spacing, mm (in.)

Joist Spacing, mm (in.)

Joist Spacing, mm (in.)

300 (12)

400 (16)

600 (24)

300 (12)

400 (16)

600 (24)

300 (12)

400 (16)

600 (24)
  Constant A

15.5 (⅝)

 0.39 0.33 0.24 0.49 0.44 0.38 0.58 0.51 0.41

19.0 (¾)

 0.42 0.36 0.27 0.51 0.46 0.40 0.62 0.56 0.47
  Constant B
  0.34 0.37 0.35
Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)B:
(1) Wood furring means 19 x 89 mm (1 x 4) boards not more than 600 mm (24 in.) o.c., or 19 x 64 mm (1 x 3) boards not more than 300 mm (12 in.) o.c. For all other cases, see Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)A
(2) 30 mm to 51 mm (1¼ to 2 in.) normal weight concrete (not less than 20 MPa) placed directly on the subflooring.
Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)C
Constant G for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans
Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.23.4.2.(2)
Floor Description Constant G

Floors with nailed(1) subfloor

0.00

Floor with nailed and field-glued(2) subfloor, vibration-controlled span greater than 3 m

0.10

Floor with nailed and field-glued(2) subfloor, vibration-controlled span 3 m or less

0.15
Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)C:
(1) Common wire nails, spiral nails or wood screws can be considered equivalent for this purpose.
(2) Subfloor field-glued to floor joists with elastomeric adhesive complying with CAN/CGSB-71.26-M, “Adhesive for Field-Gluing Plywood to Lumber Framing for Floor Systems.”
Additional background information on this method can be found in the following publications:
A-9.23.4.3.(1) Maximum Spans for Steel Beams Supporting Floors in Dwellings
A beam may be considered to be laterally supported if wood joists bear on its top flange at intervals of 600 mm or less over its entire length, if all the load being applied to this beam is transmitted through the joists and if 19 mm by 38 mm wood strips in contact with the top flange are nailed on both sides of the beam to the bottom of the joists supported. Other additional methods of positive lateral support are acceptable.
For supported joist lengths intermediate between those in the table, straight line interpolation may be used in determining the maximum beam span.
A-Table 9.23.4.3. Spans for Steel Beams
change beginThe spans provided in Table 9.23.4.3. reflect a balance of engineering and acceptable proven performance.change end The spans have been calculated based on the following assumptions:
change beginThe calculation used to establish the specified maximum beam spans also applies a revised live load reduction factor to account for the lower probability of a full live load being applied over the supported area in Part 9 buildings.change end

contentHistory

A-9.23.4.4. Concrete Topping
Vibration-controlled spans given in Table A-2 for concrete topping are based on a partial composite action between the concrete, subflooring and joists. Normal weight concrete having a compressive strength of not less than 20 MPa, placed directly on the subflooring, provides extra stiffness and results in increased capacity. The use of a bond breaker between the topping and the subflooring, or the use of lightweight concrete topping limits the composite effects.
Where either a bond breaker or lightweight topping is used, Table A-1 may be used but the additional dead load imposed by the concrete must be considered. The addition of 51 mm of concrete topping can impose an added load of 0.8 to 1.2 kPa, depending on the density of the concrete.
Table A-9.23.4.4.
Example  
Assumptions:  
- basic dead load = 0.5 kPa
- topping dead load = 0.8 kPa
- total dead load = 1.3 kPa
- live load = 1.9 kPa
- vibration limit per A-9.23.4.2.(2)
- deflection limit = 1/360
- ceiling attached directly to joists, no bridging
The spacing of joists in the span tables can be conservatively adjusted to allow for the increased load by using the spans in Table A-1 for 600 mm spacing, but spacing the joists 400 mm apart. Similarly, floor beam span tables can be adjusted by using 4.8 m supported length spans for cases where the supported length equals 3.6 m.
A-9.23.8.3. Joint Location in Built-Up Beams
Figure A-9.23.8.3.
Joint location in built-up beams
A-9.23.10.4.(1) Fingerjoined Lumber
change beginNLGA 2010, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber,”change end referenced in Article 9.3.2.1., refers to two special product standards, SPS-1, “Fingerjoined Structural Lumber,” and SPS-3, “Fingerjoined 'Vertical Stud Use Only' Lumber,” produced by NLGA. Material identified as conforming to these standards is considered to meet the requirements in this Sentence for joining with a structural adhesive. Lumber fingerjoined in accordance with SPS-3 should be used as a vertical end-loaded member in compression only, where sustained bending or tension-loading conditions are not present, and where the moisture content of the wood will not exceed 19%. Fingerjoined lumber may not be visually regraded or remanufactured into a higher stress grade even if the quality of the lumber containing fingerjoints would otherwise warrant such regrading.
A-9.23.10.6.(3) Single Studs at Sides of Openings
Figure A-9.23.10.6.(3)-A
Single studs at openings in non-loadbearing interior walls
Figure A-9.23.10.6.(3)-B
Single studs at openings in all other walls
change beginA-9.23.13. Bracing for Resistance to Lateral Loads
Subsection 9.23.14. along with Articles 9.23.3.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.6.1., 9.23.9.8., 9.23.15.5., 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9., 9.29.6.3. and 9.29.9.3. provide explicit requirements to address resistance to wind and earthquake loads in higher wind and earthquake regions of Canada.
Table A-9.23.13.
Application of Lateral Load Requirements
Applicable Requirements Wind (HWP) Earthquake Sa(0.2)
Low to Moderate High Extreme Low to Moderate High Extreme High Extreme
HWP < 0.80 kPa 0.80 ≤ HWP < 1.20 kPa HWP ≥ 1.20 kPa Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.70 0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.1 Sa(0.2) > 1.1 0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.2 Sa(0.2) > 1.2
All Construction All Construction Heavy Construction(1) Light Construction
Design requirements in 9.27., 9.29., 9.23.16.2. X(2) N/A N/A X N/A N/A N/A N/A
Bracing requirements in 9.23.13. X X N/A X X(3)(4) N/A X(4)(5) N/A
Part 4 or CWC Guide X X X X X X X X
X = requirements are applicable
Notes to Table A-9.23.13.:
(1) “Heavy construction” refers to buildings with tile roofs or concrete topping on floors.
(2) Requirements apply to exterior walls only.
(3) Requirements apply where lowest exterior frame walls support not more than one floor.
(4) All constructions may include the support of a roof in addition to the stated number of floors.
(5) Requirements apply where lowest exterior frame walls support not more than two floors.
A-9.23.13.1.
Bracing to Resist Lateral Loads in Low Load Locations
Of the 640 locations identified in Appendix C of the change beginBy-lawchange end, 588 are locations where the seismic spectral response acceleration, Sa(0.2), is less than or equal to 0.70 and the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is less than 0.80 kPa. For buildings in these locations, Sentence 9.23.13.1.(2) requires only that exterior walls be braced using the acceptable materials and fastening specified. There are no spacing or dimension requirements for braced wall panels in these buildings.
Structural Design for Lateral Wind and Earthquake Loads
In cases where lateral load design is required, CWC 2009, “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction,” provides acceptable engineering solutions as an alternative to Part 4. The CWC Guide also contains alternative solutions and provides information on the applicability of the Part 9 prescriptive structural requirements to further assist designers and building officials to identify the appropriate design approach.

contentHistory

A-9.23.13.4. Braced Wall Bands
Article 9.23.13.4. specifies the required characteristics of braced wall bands and their position in the building. Figures A-9.23.13.4.-A, Figure A-9.23.13.4.-B and Figure A-9.23.13.4.-C illustrate these requirements.
Figure A-9.23.13.4.-A
Braced wall bands in an example building section [Clauses 9.23.13.4.(1)(a), (b) and (d)]
Figure A-9.23.13.4.-B
Lapping bands and building perimeter within braced wall bands [Clause 9.23.13.4.(1)(c) and Sentence 9.23.13.4.(2)]
Figure A-9.23.13.4.-C
Braced wall band at change in floor level in split-level buildings [Sentence 9.23.13.4.(3)]
A-Table 9.23.13.5. Spacing of Braced Wall Bands and Braced Wall Panels
Identifying adjacent braced wall bands and determining the spacing of braced wall panels and braced wall bands is not complicated where the building plan is orthogonal or there are parallel braced wall bands: the adjacent braced wall band is the nearest parallel band. Figure A-Table 9.23.13.5.-A-A illustrates spacing.
Figure A-Table 9.23.13.5.-A-A
Spacing of parallel braced wall bands and spacing of braced wall panels
Identifying and Spacing Adjacent Non-Parallel Braced Wall Bands
Identifying the adjacent braced wall band and the spacing between braced wall bands is more complicated where the building plan is not orthogonal.
Where the plan is triangular, all braced wall bands intersect with the subject braced wall band. The prescriptive requirements in Part 9 do not apply to these cases and the building must be designed according to Part 4 with respect to lateral load resistance.
Where the braced wall bands are not parallel, the adjacent band is identified as follows using Figure A-Table 9.23.13.5.-B-A as an example:
  1. Determine the mid-point of the centre line of the subject braced wall band (A);
  2. Project a perpendicular line from this mid-point (B);
  3. The first braced wall band encountered is the adjacent braced wall band (C);
  4. Where the projected line encounters an intersection point between two braced wall bands, either wall band may be identified as the adjacent braced wall band (complex cases).
The spacing of non-parallel braced wall bands is measured as the greatest distance between the centre lines of the bands.
Figure A-Table 9.23.13.5.-B-A
Identification and spacing of adjacent non-parallel braced wall bands
A-9.23.13.5.(2) Perimeter Foundation Walls
Where the perimeter foundation walls in basements and crawl spaces extend from the footings to the underside of the supported floor, these walls perform the same function as braced wall bands with braced wall panels. All other braced wall bands in the basement or crawl space that align with bands with a wood-based bracing material on the upper floors need to be constructed with braced wall panels, which must be made of a wood-based bracing material, masonry or concrete. See Figure A-9.23.13.5.(2).
Figure A-9.23.13.5.(2)
Braced wall bands in basements or crawl spaces with optional and required braced wall panels
A-9.23.13.5.(3) Attachment of a Porch Roof to Exterior Wall Framing
Figure A-9.23.13.5.(3)-A
Framing perpendicular to plane of wall (balloon construction)
Figure A-9.23.13.5.(3)-B
Framing parallel to plane of wall
A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6) Use of Gypsum Board Interior Finish to Provide Required Bracing
Braced wall panels constructed with gypsum board provide less resistance to lateral loads than panels constructed with OSB, waferboard, plywood or diagonal lumber; Sentence (5) therefore limits the use of gypsum board to interior walls. Sentence (6) further limits its use to provide the required lateral resistance by requiring that walls not more than 15 m apart be constructed with panels made of wood or wood-based sheathing. See Figure A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6).
Figure A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6)
Braced wall panels constructed of wood-based materialchange end
A-9.23.14.11.(2) Wood Roof Truss Connections
Sentence 9.23.14.11.(2) requires that the connections used in wood roof trusses be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.3.1. and Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1) of Division C, which applies to all of Part 4, requires that the designer be a professional engineer or architect skilled in the work concerned. This has the effect of requiring that the trusses themselves be designed by professional engineers or architects. Although this is a departure from the usual practice in Part 9, it is appropriate, since wood roof trusses are complex structures which depend on a number of components (chord members, web members, cross-bracing, connectors) working together to function safely. This complexity precludes the standardization of truss design into tables comprehensive enough to satisfy the variety of roof designs required by the housing industry.
A-9.23.15.2.(4) Water Absorption Test
A method for determining water absorption is described in ASTM D 1037, “Evaluating Properties of Wood-Base Fiber and Particle Panel Materials.” The treatment to reduce water absorption may be considered to be acceptable if a 300 mm x 300 mm sample when treated on all sides and edges does not increase in weight by more than 6% when tested in the horizontal position.
A-9.23.15.4.(2) OSB
CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard,” requires that Type O (aligned or oriented) panels be marked to show the grade and the direction of face alignment.
A-9.24.3.2.(3) Framing Above Doors in Steel Stud Fire Separations
Figure A-9.24.3.2.(3)
Steel stud header detail
A-9.25.2.2.(2) Flame-Spread Ratings of Insulating Materials
Part 9 has no requirements for flame-spread ratings of insulation materials since these are seldom exposed in parts of buildings where fires are likely to start. Certain of the insulating material standards referenced in Sentence 9.25.2.2.(1) do include flame-spread rating criteria. These are included either because the industry producing the product wishes to demonstrate that their product does not constitute a fire hazard or because the product is regulated by authorities other than building authorities (e.g., Hazardous Products Act). However, the change beginBy-lawchange end cannot apply such requirements to some materials and not to others. Hence, these flame-spread rating requirements are excepted in referencing these standards.

contentHistory

A-9.25.2.3.(3) Position of Insulation
For thermal insulation to be effective, it must not be short-circuited by convective airflow through or around the material. If low-density fibrous insulation is installed with an air space on both sides of the insulation, the temperature differential between the warm and cold sides will drive convective airflow around the insulation. If foamed plastic insulation is spot-adhered to a backing wall or adhered in a grid pattern to an air-permeable substrate, and is not sealed at the joints and around the perimeter, air spaces between the insulation and the substrate will interconnect with spaces behind the cladding. Any temperature or air pressure differential across the insulation will again lead to short circuiting of the insulation by airflow. Thermal insulation must therefore be installed in full and continuous contact with the air barrier or another continuous component with low air permeance. (See Appendix Note A-9.25.5.1.(1) for examples of low-air-permeance materials.)
A-9.25.2.4.(3) Loose-Fill Insulation in Existing Wood-Frame Walls
The addition of insulation into exterior walls of existing wood-frame buildings increases the likelihood of damage to framing and cladding components as a result of moisture accumulation. Many older homes were constructed with little or no regard for protection from vapour transmission or air leakage from the interior. Adding thermal insulation will substantially reduce the temperature of the siding or sheathing in winter months, possibly leading to condensation of moisture at this location.
Defects in exterior cladding, flashing and caulking could result in rain entering the wall cavity. This moisture, if retained by the added insulation, could initiate the process of decay.
Steps should be taken therefore, to minimize these effects prior to the retrofit of any insulation. Any openings in walls that could permit leakage of interior heated air into the wall cavity should be sealed. The inside surface should be coated with a low-permeability paint to reduce moisture transfer by diffusion. Finally, the exterior siding, flashing and caulking should be checked and repaired if necessary to prevent rain penetration.
A-9.25.2.4.(5) Loose-Fill Insulation in Masonry Walls
Typical masonry cavity wall construction techniques do not lend themselves to the prevention of entry of rainwater into the wall space. For this reason, loose-fill insulation used in such space must be of the water repellent type. A test for water-repellency of loose-fill insulation suitable for installation in masonry cavity walls can be found in ASTM C 516, “Vermiculite Loose Fill Thermal Insulation.”
A-9.25.3.1.(1) Air Barrier Systems for Control of Condensation
The majority of moisture problems resulting from condensation of water vapour in walls and ceiling/attic spaces are caused by the leakage of moist interior heated air into these spaces rather than by the diffusion of water vapour through the building envelope.
Protection against such air leakage must be provided by a system of air-impermeable materials joined with leak-free joints. Generally, air leakage protection can be provided by the use of air-impermeable sheet materials, such as gypsum board or polyethylene of sufficient thickness, when installed with appropriate structural support. However, the integrity of the airtight elements in the air barrier system can be compromised at the joints and here special care must be taken in design and construction to achieve an effective air barrier system.
Although Section 9.25. refers separately to vapour barriers and airtight elements in the air barrier system, these functions in a wall or ceiling assembly of conventional wood-frame construction are often combined as a single membrane that acts as a barrier against moisture diffusion and the movement of interior air into insulated wall or roof cavities. Openings cut through this membrane, such as for electrical boxes, provide opportunities for air leakage into concealed spaces, and special measures must be taken to make such openings as airtight as possible. Attention must also be paid to less obvious leakage paths, such as holes for electric wiring, plumbing installations, wall-ceiling and wall-floor intersections, and gaps created by shrinkage of framing members.
In any case, air leakage must be controlled to a level where the occurrence of condensation will be sufficiently rare, or the quantities accumulated sufficiently small, and drying sufficiently rapid, to avoid material deterioration and the growth of mould and fungi.
Generally the location in a building assembly of the airtight element of the air barrier system is not critical; it can restrict air leakage whether it is located near the outer surface of the assembly, near the inner surface or at some intermediate location. However, if a material chosen to act as an airtight element in the air barrier system also has the characteristics of a vapour barrier (i.e., low permeability to water vapour), its location must be chosen more carefully in order to avoid moisture problems. (See Appendix Notes A-9.25.5.1.(1) and A-9.25.4.3.(2).)
In some constructions, an airtight element in the air barrier system is the interior finish, such as gypsum board, which is sealed to framing members and adjacent components by gaskets, caulking, tape or other methods to complete the air barrier system. In such cases, special care in sealing joints in a separate vapour barrier is not critical. This approach often uses no separate vapour barrier but relies on appropriate paint coatings to give the interior finish sufficient resistance to water vapour diffusion that it can provide the required vapour diffusion protection.
The wording in Section 9.25. allows for such innovative techniques, as well as the more traditional approach of using a continuous sheet, such as polyethylene, to act as an “air/vapour barrier.”
Further information can be found in CBD 231, “Moisture Problems in Houses” (Canadian Building Digest 231), by A.T. Hansen, which is available from the Institute for Research in Construction, National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa K1A 0R6.
A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6. Air Leakage and Soil Gas Control in Floors-on-ground
The requirement in change beginSentence 9.25.3.3.(6)change end regarding the sealing of penetrations of the change beginair barrierchange end also applies to hollow metal and masonry columns change beginpenetrating the floor slabchange end. Not only the perimeters but also the centres of such columns must be sealed or blocked.
Figure A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.-A
Dampproofing and soil gas control at foundation wall/floor junctions with solid walls
The requirement in change beginSentence 9.25.3.6.(6)change end regarding drainage openings in slabs can be satisfied with any of a number of proprietary devices that prevent the entry change beginof radon and other soil gaseschange end through floor drains. Some types of floor drains incorporate a trap that is connected to a nearby tap so that the trap is filled every time the tap is used. This is intended to prevent the entry of sewer gas but would be equally effective against the entry of change beginradon and other soil gaseschange end.
Figure A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.-B
Dampproofing and soil gas control at foundation wall/floor junctions with hollow walls
A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3) Polyethylene change beginAirchange end Barriers under change beginFloorschange end-on-Ground
Floors-on-ground change beginseparating conditioned space from the groundchange end must be constructed to reduce the potential for the entry of change beginair,change end radon or other soil gases. In most cases, this will be accomplished by placing 0.15 mm polyethylene under the floor.
Finishing a concrete slab placed directly on polyethylene can, in many cases, cause problems for the inexperienced finisher. A rule of finishing, whether concrete is placed on polyethylene or not, is to never finish or “work” the surface of the slab while bleed water is present or before all the bleed water has risen to the surface and evaporated. If finishing operations are performed before all the bleed water has risen and evaporated, surface defects such as blisters, crazing, scaling and dusting can result. In the case of slabs placed directly on polyethylene, the amount of bleed water that may rise to the surface and the time required for it to do so are increased compared to a slab placed on a compacted granular base. Because of the polyethylene, the excess water in the mix from the bottom portion of the slab cannot bleed downward and out of the slab and be absorbed into the granular material below. Therefore, all bleed water, including that from the bottom of the slab, must now rise through the slab to the surface. Quite often in such cases, finishing operations are begun too soon and surface defects result.
One solution that is often suggested is to place a layer of sand between the polyethylene and the concrete. However, this is not an acceptable solution for the following reason: it is unlikely that the polyethylene will survive the slab pouring process entirely intact. Nevertheless, the polyethylene will still be effective in retarding the flow of soil gas if it is in intimate contact with the concrete; soil gas will only be able to penetrate where a break in the polyethylene coincides with a crack in the concrete. The majority of concrete cracks will probably be underlain by intact polyethylene. On the other hand, if there is an intervening layer of a porous medium, such as sand, soil gas will be able to travel laterally from a break in the polyethylene to the nearest crack in the concrete and the total system will be much less resistant to soil gas penetration.
To reduce and/or control the cracking of concrete slabs, it is necessary to understand the nature and causes of volume changes of concrete and in particular those relating to drying shrinkage. The total amount of water in a mix is by far the largest contributor to the amount of drying shrinkage and resulting potential cracking that may be expected from a given concrete. The less total amount of water in the mix, the less volume change (due to evaporation of water), which means the less drying shrinkage that will occur. To lessen the volume change and potential cracking due to drying shrinkage, a mix with the lowest total amount of water that is practicable should always be used. To lower the water content of a mix, superplasticizers are often added to provide the needed workability of the concrete during the placing operation. Concretes with a high water-to-cementing-materials ratio usually have high water content mixes. They should be avoided to minimize drying shrinkage and cracking of the slab. The water-to-cementing-materials ratio for slabs-on-ground should be no higher than 0.55.
change beginA-9.25.4.2.(2) Normal Conditions
The requirement for a 60 ng/Pa•s•m2 vapour barrier stated in Sentence 9.25.4.2.(1) is based on the assumption that the building assembly is subjected to conditions that are considered normal for typical residential occupancies, and business and personal services occupancies.
However, where the intended use of an occupancy includes facilities or activities that will generate a substantial amount of moisture indoors during the heating season, such as swimming pools, greenhouses, laundromats, and any continuous operation of hot tubs and saunas, the building envelope assemblies would have to demonstrate acceptable performance levels in accordance with the requirements in Part 5.change end
A-9.25.4.3.(2) Location of Vapour Barriers
Assemblies in which the vapour barrier is located partway through the insulation meet the intent of this Article provided it can be shown that the temperature of the vapour barrier will not fall below the dew point of the heated interior air.
A-9.25.5.1. Location of Low Permeance Materials
Low Air- and Vapour-Permeance Materials and Implications for Moisture Accumulation
The location in a building assembly of a material with low air permeance is generally not critical; the material can restrict outward movement of indoor air whether it is located near the outer surface of the assembly, near the inner surface, or at some intermediate location, and such restriction of air movement is generally beneficial, whether or not the particular material is designated as part of the air barrier system. However, if such a material also has the characteristics of a vapour barrier (i.e. low permeability to water vapour), its location must be chosen more carefully in order to avoid moisture accumulation.
Any moisture from the indoor air that diffuses through the inner layers of the assembly or is carried by air leakage through those layers may be prevented from change begindiffusing or being transferredchange end through the assembly by a low air- and vapour-permeance material. This moisture transfer will usually not cause a problem if the material is located where the temperature is above the dew point of the indoor air: the water vapour will remain as vapour, the humidity level in the assembly will come to equilibrium with that of the indoor air, further accumulation of moisture will cease or stabilize at a low rate, and no harm will be done.
But if the low air- and vapour-permeance material is located where the temperature is below the dew point of the air at that location, water vapour will condense and accumulate as water or ice, which will reduce the humidity level and encourage the movement of more water vapour into the assembly. If the temperature remains below the dew point for any length of time, significant moisture could accumulate. When warmer weather returns, the presence of a material with low water vapour permeance can retard drying of the accumulated moisture. Moisture that remains into warmer weather can support the growth of decay organisms.
change beginDue consideration should be given to the properties and location of any material in the building envelope, including paints, liquid-applied or sprayed-on and trowelled-on materials. It is recognized that constructions that include low air- and vapour-permeance materials are acceptable, but only where these materials are not susceptible to damage from moisture or where they can accommodate moisture, for example insulated concrete walls. Further information on the construction of basement walls may be found in “Performance Guidelines for Basement Envelope Systems and Materials,” published by NRC-IRC.change end

Cladding

Different cladding materials have different vapour permeances and different degrees of susceptibility to moisture deterioration. They are each installed in different ways that are more or less conducive to the release of moisture that may accumulate on the inner surface. Sheet or panel-type cladding materials, such as metal sheet, have a vapour permeance less than 60 ng/(Pa•s•m2). Sheet metal cladding that has lock seams also has a low air leakage characteristic and so must be installed outboard of a drained and vented air space. Assemblies clad with standard residential vinyl or metal strip siding do not require additional protection as the joints are not so tight as to prevent the dissipation of moisture.

Sheathing

Like cladding, sheathing materials have different vapour permeances and different degrees of susceptibility to moisture deterioration.
Low-permeance sheathing may serve as the vapour barrier if it can be shown that the temperature of the interior surface of the sheathing will not fall below that at which saturation will occur. This may be the case where insulating sheathing is used.

Thermal Insulation

Where low-permeance foamed plastic is the sole thermal insulation in a building assembly, the temperature of the inner surface of this element will be close to the interior temperature. change beginIf the foamed plastic insulation has a permeance below 60 ng/Pa•s•m2, it can fulfill the function of achange end vapour barrier to control condensation within the assembly due to vapour diffusion. However, where low-permeance thermal insulating sheathing is installed on the outside of an insulated frame wall, the temperature of the inner surface of the insulating sheathing may fall below the dew point; in this case, change beginthe function of vapour barrier has to be provided by a separate building element installed on the warm side of the assembly.change end

change beginNormal Conditions

The required minimum ratios given in Table 9.25.5.2. are based on the assumption that the building assembly is subjected to conditions that are considered normal for typical residential occupancies, and business and personal services occupancies.
However, where the intended use of an occupancy includes facilities or activities that will generate a substantial amount of moisture indoors during the heating season, such as swimming pools, greenhouses, the operation of a laundromat or any continuous operation of hot tubs and saunas, the building envelope assemblies would have to demonstrate acceptable performance levels in accordance with the requirements in Part 5.change end
change beginA-9.25.5.1.(1) Air and Vapour Permeance Values
The air leakage characteristics and water vapour permeance values for a number of common materials are given in Table A-9.25.5.1.(1). These values are provided on a generic basis; proprietary products may have values differing somewhat from those in the Table (consult the manufacturers’ current data sheets for their products' values).
The values quoted are for the material thickness listed. Water vapour permeance is inversely proportional to thickness: therefore, greater thicknesses will have lower water vapour permeance values.
Table A-9.25.5.1.(1)
Air and Vapour Permeance Values(1)
Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.25.5.1.(1)
Material

Air Leakage Characteristic,
L/(s•m2) at 75 Pa
(Air Permeance)

Water Vapour Permeance,
(Dry Cup)
ng/(Pa•s•m2)

Sheet and panel-type materials    
12.7-mm gypsum board 0.02 2600
• painted (1 coat primer) negligible 1300
• painted (1 coat primer + 2 coats latex paint) negligible 180
12.7-mm (½ in.) foil-backed gypsum board negligible negligible
12.7-mm (½ in.) gypsum board sheathing 0.0091 1373
6.4-mm (¼ in.) plywood 0.0084 23 – 74
11-mm (7/16 in.) oriented strandboard 0.0108 44 (range)
12.5-mm cement board 0.147 590
plywood (from 9.5 mm to 18 mm) negligible – 0.01 40 – 57
fibreboard sheathing 0.012 – 1.91 100 – 2900
17-mm (11/16 in.) wood sheathing high – depends on no. of joints 982
Insulation    
27-mm foil-faced polyisocyanurate negligible 4.3
27-mm paper-faced polyisocyanurate negligible 61.1
25-mm (1 in.) extruded polystyrene negligible 23 – 92
25-mm (1 in.) expanded polystyrene (Type 2) 0.0214 86 – 160
fibrous insulations very high very high
25-mm polyurethane spray foam – low density 0.011 894 – 3791
25-mm polyurethane spray foam – medium density negligible 96(2)
Membrane-type materials    
asphalt-impregnated paper (10 min paper) 0.0673 370
asphalt-impregnated paper (30 min paper) 0.4 650
asphalt-impregnated paper (60 min paper) 0.44 1800
water-resistive barriers (9 materials) negligible – 4.3 30 – 1200
0.15-mm polyethylene negligible 1.6 – 5.8
asphalt-saturated felt (#15) 0.153 290
building paper 0.2706 170 – 1400
spun-bonded polyolefin film (expanded) 0.9593 3646
Other materials    
brick (6 materials) negligible 102 – 602
metal negligible negligible
mortar mixes (4 materials) negligible 13 – 690
stucco negligible 75 – 240
50-mm reinforced concrete (density: 2 330 kg/m3) negligible 23change end
Notes to Table A-9.25.5.1.(1):
(1) Air leakage and vapour permeance values derived from:
  • Bombaru, D., Jutras, R. and Patenaude, A. Air Permeance of Building Materials. Summary Report prepared by AIR-INS Inc. for Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation, Ottawa, 1988. Values indicate properties of tested materials only; values for specific products may vary significantly.
  • Details of Air Barrier Systems for Houses. Tarion Warranty Corporation (formerly Ontario New Home Warranty Program), Toronto, 1993.
  • Kumaran, M.K., et al., ASHRAE Research Report 1018 RP, A Thermal and Moisture Transport Property Database for Common Building and Insulating Materials.
  • Kumaran, M.K., Lackey, J., Normandin, N., van Reenen, D., Tariku, F., Summary Report from Task 3 of MEWS Project at the Institute for Research in Construction-Hygrothermal Properties of Several Building Materials, IRC-RR-110, March 2002.
  • Mukhopadhyaya, P., Kumaran, M.K., et al., Hygrothermal Properties of Exterior Claddings, Sheathings Boards, Membranes and Insulation Materials for Building Envelope Design, Proceedings of Thermal Perfomance of the Exterior Envelopes of Whole Building X, Clearwater, Florida, December 2-7, 2007, pp. 1-16 (NRCC-50287).
(2) This water vapour permeance value is for a 25-mm-thick core layer of medium-density polyurethane spray foam. When installed in the field, a low permeance resin layer forms where the foam is in contact with the substrate. The water vapour permeance of the installed foam, were it measured including the resin layer, would therefore likely be lower than the value listed in the Table.
A-9.25.5.2. Assumptions Followed in Developing Table 9.25.5.2
Article 9.25.5.2. specifies that a low air- and vapour-permeance material must be located on the warm face of the assembly, outboard of a vented air space, or within the assembly at a position where its inner surface is likely to be warm enough for most of the heating season such that no significant accumulation of moisture will occur. This last position is defined by the ratio of the thermal resistance values outboard and inboard of the innermost impermeable surface of the material in question.
change beginThe design values given in Table 9.25.5.2. are based on the assumption that the building includes a mechanical ventilation system (between 0.3 and 0.5 air changes per hour), a 60 ng/Pa•s•m2 vapour barrier, and an air barrier (values between 0.024 and 0.1 L/sm2 through the assembly were used). The moisture generated by occupants and their use of bathrooms, cleaning, laundry and kitchen appliances was assumed to fall between 7.5 and 11.5 L per day.
It has been demonstrated through modelling under these conditions that assemblies constructed according to the requirements in Table 9.25.5.2. do not lead to moisture accumulation levels that may lead to deterioration as long as the average monthly vapour pressure difference between the exterior and interior sides over the heating season does not increase above 750 Pa, which would translate into an interior relative humidity of 35% in colder climates and 60% in mild climates.change end
Health Canada recommends an indoor relative humidity between 35% and 50% for healthy conditions. ASHRAE accepts a 30% to 60% range. Environments that are much drier tend to exacerbate respiratory problems and allergies; more humid environments tend to support the spread of microbes, moulds and dust mites, which can adversely affect health.
In most of Canada in the winter, indoor RH is limited by the exterior temperature and the corresponding temperature on the inside of windows. During colder periods, indoor RH higher than 35% will cause significant condensation on windows. When this occurs, occupants are likely to increase the ventilation to remove excess moisture. Although indoor RH may exceed 35% for short periods when the outside temperature is warmer, the criteria provided in Table 9.25.5.2. will still apply. Where higher relative humidities are maintained for extended periods in these colder climates, the ratios listed in the Table may not provide adequate protection. Some occupancies require that RH be maintained above 35% throughout the year, and some interior spaces support activities such as swimming that create high relative humidities. In these cases, Table 9.25.5.2. cannot be used and the position of the materials must be determined according to Part 5.
It should be noted that Part 9 building envelopes in regions with colder winters have historically performed acceptably when the interior RH does not exceed 35% over most of the heating season. With tighter building envelopes, it is possible to raise interior RH levels above 35%. There is no information, however, on how Part 9 building envelopes will perform when exposed to these higher indoor RH levels for extended periods during the heating season over many years. Operation of the ventilation system, as intended to remove indoor pollutants, will maintain the lower RH levels as necessary.
Calculating Inboard to Outboard Thermal Resistance
Figure A-9.25.5.2.
Example of a wall section showing thermal resistance inboard and outboard of a plane of low air and vapour permeance
The method of calculating the inboard to outboard thermal resistance ratio is illustrated in Figure A-9.25.5.2. The example wall section shows three planes where low air- and vapour-permeance materials have been installed. A vapour barrier, installed to meet the requirements of Subsection 9.25.4., is on the warm side of the insulation consistent with Clause 9.25.5.2.(1)(a) and Sentences 9.25.4.1.(1) and 9.25.4.3.(2). The vinyl siding has an integral drained and vented air space consistent with Clause 9.25.5.2.(1)(c). The position of the interior face of the low-permeance insulating sheathing, however, must be reviewed in terms of its thermal resistance relative to the overall thermal resistance of the wall, and the climate where the building is located.
Comparing the RSI ratio from the example wall section with those in Table 9.25.5.2. indicates that this wall would be acceptable in areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 7999, which includes, for example, Whitehorse, Fort McMurray, Yorkton, Flin Flon, Geraldton, Val-d'Or and Wabush. (Degree-day values for various locations in Canada are provided in Appendix C.)
A similar calculation would indicate that, for a similar assembly with a 140 mm stud cavity filled with an RSI 3.52 batt, the ratio would be 0.28. Thus such a wall could be used in areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 4999, which includes, for example, Cranbrook, Lethbridge, Ottawa, Montreal, Fredericton, Sydney, Charlottetown and St. John's.
Similarly, if half the thickness of the same low-permeance sheathing were used, the ratio with an 89 mm cavity would be 0.25, permitting its use in areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 4999. The ratio with a 140 mm cavity would be 0.16; thus this assembly could not be used anywhere, since this ratio is below the minimum permitted in Table 9.25.5.2.
Table A-9.25.5.2. shows the minimum thicknesses of low-permeance insulating sheathing necessary to satisfy Article 9.25.5.2. in various degree-day zones for a range of resistivity values of insulating sheathing. These thicknesses are based on the detail shown in Figure A-9.25.5.2. but could also be used with cladding details, such as brick veneer or wood siding, which provide equal or greater outboard thermal resistance.
Table A-9.25.5.2.
Minimum Thicknesses of Low-Permeance Insulating Sheathing
Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.25.5.2.
Celsius Heating Degree-days Min. RSI Ratio

38 x 89 (2 x 4) Framing

38 x 140 (2 x 6) Framing

Min. Outboard Thermal Resistance, RSI Min. Sheathing Thickness, mm Min. Outboard Thermal Resistance, RSI Min. Sheathing Thickness, mm
Sheathing Thermal Resistance, RSI/mm Sheathing Thermal Resistance, RSI/mm
0.0300 0.0325 0.0350 0.0400 0.0300 0.0325 0.0350 0.0400
≤ 4999 0.20 0.46 10 10 9 8 0.72 19 17 16 14
5000 to 5999 0.30 0.69 18 17 16 14 1.07 31 28 26 23
6000 to 6999 0.35 0.81 22 20 19 16 1.25 37 34 32 28
7000 to 7999 0.40 0.92 26 24 22 19 1.43 43 39 37 32
8000 to 8999 0.50 1.16 34 31 29 25 1.79 55 50 47 41
9000 to 9999 0.55 1.27 37 34 32 28 1.97 61 56 52 45
10000 to 10999 0.60 1.39 41 38 35 31 2.15 67 61 57 50
11000 to 11999 0.65 1.50 45 42 39 34 2.33 73 67 62 54
≥ 12000 0.75 1.73 53 49 45 40 2.69 85 78 72 63
References
  1. Exposure Guidelines for Residential Indoor Air Quality, Environmental Health Directorate, Health Protection Branch, Health Canada, Ottawa, April 1987 (Revised July 1989).
  2. ANSI/ASHRAE 62, “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality.”
A-9.26.1.1.(2) Platforms that Effectively Serve as Roofs
Decks, balconies, exterior walkways and similar exterior surfaces effectively serve as roofs where these platforms do not permit the free drainage of water through the deck. Unless the surface slopes to the outside edges and water can freely drain over the edge, water will pond on the surface. When rain is driven across the deck (roof) surface, water will move upward when it encounters an interruption.
A-9.26.2.2.(4) Fasteners for Treated Shingles
Where shingles or shakes have been chemically treated with a preservative or a fire retardant, the fastener should be of a material known to be compatible with the chemicals used in the treatment.
A-9.26.4.1. Junctions between Roofs and Walls or Guards
Drainage of water from decks and other platforms that effectively serve as roofs will be blocked by walls, and blocked or restricted by guards where significant lengths and heights of material are connected to the deck. Without proper flashing at such roof-wall junctions or roof-guard junctions, water will generally leak into the adjoining constructions and can penetrate into supporting constructions below. Exceptions include platforms where waterproof curbs of sufficient height are cast-in or where the deck and wall or guard are unit-formed. In these cases, the monolithic deck-wall or deck-guard junctions will minimize the likelihood of water ingress. (See also Appendix Note A-9.26.1.1.(2).)
A-9.26.17.1.(1) Installation of Concrete Roof Tiles
Where concrete roof tiles are to be installed, the dead load imposed by this material should be considered in determining the minimum sizes and maximum spans of the supporting roof members.
change beginA-9.26.18.3. Overflow Outlets
Where a roof or balcony is entirely enclosed by parapet walls there is a likelihood of drains becoming obstructed with materials such as leaves falling during heavy autumn rains. It is recommended that a secondary means of drainage such as scuppers be provided. Overflow outlets should be installed in the parapet walls in sufficient number and at an appropriate height to drain the roof or balcony, to avoid water backing up into moisture sensitive assemblies, and to prevent structural collapse from ponding.change end
A-9.27.2. Required Protection from Precipitation
Part 5 and Part 9 of the NBC recognize that mass walls and face-sealed, concealed barrier and rainscreen assemblies have their place in the Canadian context.
Mass walls are generally constructed of cast-in-place concrete or masonry. Without cladding or surface finish, they can be exposed to precipitation for a significant period before moisture will penetrate from the exterior to the interior. The critical characteristics of these walls are related to thickness, mass, and moisture transfer properties, such as shedding, absorption and moisture diffusivity.
Face-sealed assemblies have only a single plane of protection. Sealant installed between cladding elements and other envelope components is part of the air barrier system and is exposed to the weather. Face-sealed assemblies are appropriate where it can be demonstrated that they will provide acceptable performance with respect to the health and safety of the occupants, the operation of building services and the provision of conditions suitable for the intended occupancy. These assemblies, however, require more intensive, regular and on-going maintenance, and should only be selected on the basis of life-cycle costing considering the risk of failure and all implications should failure occur. Climate loads such as wind-driven rain, for example, should be considered. Face-sealed assemblies are not recommended where the building owner may not be aware of the maintenance issue or where regular maintenance may be problematic.
Concealed barrier assemblies include both a first and second plane of protection. The first plane comprises the cladding, which is intended to handle the majority of the precipitation load. The second plane of protection is intended to handle any water that penetrates the cladding plane. It allows for the dissipation of this water, primarily by gravity drainage, and provides a barrier to further ingress.
Like concealed barrier assemblies, rainscreen assemblies include both a first and second plane of protection. The first plane comprises the cladding, which is designed and constructed to handle virtually all of the precipitation load. The second plane of protection is designed and constructed to handle only very small quantities of incidental water; composition of the second plane is described in Appendix Note A-9.27.3.1. In these assemblies, the air barrier system, which plays a role in controlling precipitation ingress due to air pressure difference, is protected from the elements. (See Figure A-9.27.2.)
Figure A-9.27.2.
Generic rainscreen assemblies
The cladding assembly described in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(4) is a basic rainscreen assembly. This approach is required for residential buildings where a higher level of on-going performance is expected without significant maintenance. This approach, however, is recommended in all cases.
The cladding assemblies described in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(5) are also rainscreen assemblies. The assembly described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(c) is again a basic rainscreen assembly. A wall with a capillary break as described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a) is an open rainscreen assembly. Walls with a capillary break as described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(b) have been referred to as drainscreen assemblies.
A-9.27.2.1.(1) Minimizing Precipitation Ingress
The total prevention of precipitation ingress into wall assemblies is difficult to achieve and, depending on the wall design and construction, may not be absolutely necessary. The amount of moisture that enters a wall, and the frequency with which this occurs, must be limited. The occurrence of ingress must be sufficiently rare, accumulation sufficiently small and drying sufficiently rapid to prevent the deterioration of moisture-susceptible materials and the growth of fungi.
A-9.27.2.2. Required Levels of Protection from Precipitation
Precursors to Part 9 and all editions of the NBC containing a Part 9 applying to housing and small buildings included a performance-based provision requiring that cladding provide protection from the weather for inboard materials. Industry requested that Part 9 provide additional guidance to assist in determining the minimum levels of protection from precipitation to be provided by cladding assemblies. As with all requirements in the NBC, the new requirements in Article 9.27.2.2. describe the minimum cladding assembly configuration. Designers must still consider local accepted good practice, demonstrated performance and the specific conditions to which a particular wall will be exposed when designing or selecting a cladding assembly.
Capillary Breaks
The properties that are necessary for a material or assembly to provide a capillary break, and quantitative values for those properties, have not been defined. Among the material properties that need to be addressed are water absorption and susceptibility to moisture-related deterioration. Among the assembly characteristics to be considered are bridging of spaces by water droplets, venting and drainage.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a) describes the capillary break configuration typical of open rainscreen construction. The minimum change begin10 mmchange end will avoid bridging of the space by water droplets and allow some construction tolerance.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(b) describes a variation on the typical open rainscreen configuration. Products used to provide the capillary break include a variety of non-moisture-susceptible, open-mesh materials.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(c) describes a configuration that is typical of that provided by horizontal vinyl and metal siding, without contoured insulating backing. The air space behind the cladding components and the loose installation reduce the likelihood of moisture becoming trapped and promote drying by airflow.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(d) recognizes the demonstrated performance of masonry cavity walls and masonry veneer walls.
Moisture Index
The moisture index (MI) for a particular location reflects both the wetting and drying characteristics of the climate and depends on MI values are derived from detailed research and calculations.
Due to a lack of definitive data, the MI values identified in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(5), which trigger exceptions to or additional precipitation protection, are based on expert opinion. Designers should consider local experience and demonstrated performance when selecting materials and assemblies for protection from precipitation. For further information on MI, see Appendix C.

contentHistory

A-9.27.3.1. Second Plane of Protection
As specified in Sentence 9.27.3.1.(1), the second plane of protection consists of a drainage plane with an appropriate material serving as the inner boundary and flashing to dissipate rainwater or meltwater to the exterior.
Drainage Plane
Except for masonry walls, the simplest configuration of a drainage plane is merely a vertical interface between materials that will allow gravity to draw the moisture down to the flashing to allow it to dissipate to the exterior. It does not necessarily need to be constructed as a clear drainage space (air space).
For masonry walls, an open rainscreen assembly is required; that is, an assembly with first and second planes of protection where the drainage plane is constructed as a drained and vented air space. Such construction also constitutes best practice for walls other than masonry walls.
Section 9.20. requires drainage spaces of 25 mm for masonry veneer walls and 50 mm for cavity walls. In other than masonry walls, the drainage space in an open rainscreen assembly should be at least change begin9.5 mmchange end deep. Drainage holes must be designed in conjunction with the flashing.
Sheathing Membrane
The sheathing membrane described in Article 9.27.3.2. is not a waterproof material. When installed to serve as the inner boundary of the second plane of protection, and when that plane of protection includes a drainage space at least change begin9.5 mmchange end deep, the performance of the identified sheathing membrane has been demonstrated to be adequate. This is because the material is expected to have to handle only a very small quantity of water that penetrates the first plane of protection.
If the change begin9.5 mmchange end drainage space is reduced or interrupted, the drainage capacity and the capillary break provided by the space will be reduced. In these cases, the material selected to serve as the inner boundary may need to be upgraded to provide greater water resistance in order to protect moisture-susceptible materials in the backing wall.
Appropriate Level of Protection
It is recognized that many cladding assemblies with no space or with discontinuous space behind the cladding, and with the sheathing membrane material identified in Article 9.27.3.2., have provided acceptable performance with a range of precipitation loads imposed on them. Vinyl and metal strip siding, and shake and shingle cladding, for example, are installed with discontinuous drained spaces, and have demonstrated acceptable performance in most conditions. Lapped wood and composite strip sidings, depending on their profiles, may or may not provide discontinuous spaces, and generally provide little drainage. Cladding assemblies with limited drainage capability that use a sheathing membrane meeting the minimum requirements are not recommended where they may be exposed to high precipitation loads or where the level of protection provided by the cladding is unknown or questionable. Local practice with demonstrated performance should be considered. (See also Article 9.27.2.2. and Appendix Note A-9.27.2.2.)

contentHistory

A-9.27.3.4.(2) Detailing of Joints in Exterior Insulating Sheathing
The shape of a joint is critical to its ability to shed water. Tongue and groove, and lapped joints can shed water if oriented correctly. Butt joints can drain to either side and so should not be used unless they are sealed. However, detailing of joints requires attention not just to the shape of the joint but also to the materials that form the joint. For example, even if properly shaped, the joints in insulating sheathing with an integral sheathing membrane could not be expected to shed water if the insulating material absorbs water, unless the membrane extends through the joints.
A-9.27.3.5.(1) Sheathing Membranes in lieu of Sheathing
Article 9.23.17.1., Required Sheathing, indicates that sheathing must be installed only where the cladding requires intermediate fastening between supports (studs) or where the cladding requires a solid backing. Cladding such as brick or panels would be exempt from this requirement and in these cases a double layer of sheathing membrane would generally be needed. The exception (Article 9.27.3.6.) applies only to those types of cladding that provide a face seal to the weather.
A-9.27.3.6. Sheathing Membrane under Face Sealed Cladding
The purpose of sheathing membrane on walls is to reduce air infiltration and to control the entry of wind-driven rain. Certain types of cladding consisting of very large sheets or panels with well-sealed joints will perform this function, eliminating the need for sheathing membrane. This is true of the metal cladding with lock-seamed joints sometimes used on mobile homes. However, it does not apply to metal or plastic siding applied in narrow strips which is intended to simulate the appearance of lapped wood siding. Such material does not act as a substitute for sheathing membrane since it incorporates provision for venting the wall cavity and has many loosely-fitted joints which cannot be counted on to prevent the entry of wind and rain.
Furthermore, certain types of sheathing systems can perform the function of the sheathing membrane. Where it can be demonstrated that a sheathing material is at least as impervious to air and water penetration as sheathing membrane and that its jointing system results in joints that are at least as impervious to air and water penetration as the material itself, sheathing membrane may be omitted.
A-9.27.3.8.(1) Required Flashing
Horizontal Offsets
Where a horizontal offset in the cladding is provided by a single cladding element, there is no joint between the offset and the cladding above. In this case, and provided the cladding material on the offset provides effective protection for the construction below, flashing is not required.
Changes in Substrate
In certain situations, flashing should be installed at a change of substrate: for example, where stucco cladding is installed on a wood-frame assembly, extending down over a masonry or cast-in-place concrete foundation and applied directly to it. Such an application does not take into account the potential for shrinkage of the wood frame and cuts off the drainage route for moisture that may accumulate behind the stucco on the frame construction.
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(1)
Flashing at change in substrate
A-9.27.3.8.(3) Flashing over Curved-Head Openings
The requirement for flashing over openings depends on the vertical distance from the top of the trim over the opening to the bottom of the eave compared to the horizontal projection of the eave. In the case of curved-head openings, the vertical distance from the top of the trim increases as one moves away from the centre of the opening. For these openings, the top of the trim must be taken as the lowest height before the trim becomes vertical. (See Figure A-9.27.3.8.(3).)
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(3)
Flashing over curved-head openings
A-9.27.3.8.(4) Flashing Configuration and Positive Drainage
Flashing Configuration
A 6 change beginper centchange end slope is recognized as the minimum that will provide effective flashing drainage. The 10 mm vertical lap over the building element below and the 5 mm offset are prescribed to reduce transfer by capillarity and surface tension. Figure A-9.27.3.8.(4) illustrates two examples of flashing configurations.
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(4)
Examples of flashing configurations showing upstands, horizontal offsets and vertical laps
Maintaining Positive Slope
Sentence 9.27.3.8.(4) requires that the minimum 6 change beginper centchange end flashing slope remain after expected shrinkage of the building frame. Similarly, Sentence 9.26.3.1.(4) requires that a positive slope remain on roofs and similar constructions after expected shrinkage of the building frame.
For Part 9 wood-frame constructions, expected wood shrinkage can be determined based on the average equilibrium moisture content (MC) of wood, within the building envelope assembly, in various regions of the country (see Table A-9.27.3.8.(4)).
Table A-9.27.3.8.(4)
Equilibrium Moisture Content for Wood
Forming part of Appendix Note A-9.32.3.1.(1)
Regions

Equilibrium MC, %(1)
British Columbia and Atlantic Canada 10
Ontario and Quebec 8
Prairies and the North 7
Notes to Table A-9.27.3.8.(4):
(1) CWC 2000, “Wood Reference Handbook.”
For three-storey constructions to which Part 9 applies, cumulative longitudinal shrinkage is negligible. Shrinkage need only be calculated for horizontal framing members using the following formula (from CWC 1997, “Introduction to Wood Building Technology”):
Shrinkage = (total horizontal member height) x (initial MC - equilibrium MC) x (.002)

contentHistory

A-9.27.3.8.(5) Protection against Precipitation Ingress at the Sill-to-Cladding Joint
Many windows are configured in such a way that a line of sealant is the only protection against water ingress at the sill-to-cladding joint—a location that is exposed to all of the water that flows down the window. In the past, many windows were constructed with self-flashing sills—sills that extend beyond the face of the cladding and have a drip on the underside to divert water away from the sill-to-cladding joint. This sill configuration was considered to be accepted good practice and is recognized today as providing a degree of redundancy in precipitation protection.
Self-flashing sills are sills that A wind pressure of 10 Pa can raise water 1 mm. Thus, for example, if a window is exposed to a driving rain wind pressure of 200 Pa, end dams should be at least 20 mm high.
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(5)
Examples of configurations of self-flashing sills
change beginA-9.27.4.2.(1) Selection and Installation of Sealants
Analysis of many sealant joint failures indicates that the majority of failures can be attributed to improper joint preparation and deficient installation of the sealant and various joint components. The following ASTM guidelines describe several aspects that should be considered when applying sealants in unprotected environments to achieve a durable application:
The sealant manufacturer’s literature should always be consulted for recommended procedures and materials.change end
A-9.27.9.2.(3) Grooves in Hardboard Cladding
Grooves deeper than that specified may be used in thicker cladding providing they do not reduce the thickness to less than the required thickness minus 1.5 mm. Thus for Type 1 or 2 cladding, grooves must not reduce the thickness to less than 4.5 mm or 6 mm depending on method of support, or to less than 7.5 mm for Type 5 material.

contentHistory

A-9.27.10.2.(2) Thickness of Grade O-2 OSB
In using Table 9.27.8.2. to determine the thickness of Grade O-2 OSB cladding, substitute “face orientation” for “face grain” in the column headings.
A-9.27.11.1.(3) and (4) Material Standards for Aluminum Cladding
Compliance with Sentence 9.27.11.1.(3) and CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use,” is required for aluminum siding that is installed in horizontal or vertical strips. Compliance with Sentence 9.27.11.1.(4) and CAN/CGSB-93.1-M, “Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished, Residential,” is required for aluminum cladding that is installed in large sheets.
A-Table 9.28.4.3. Stucco Lath
Paper-backed welded wire lath may also be used on horizontal surfaces provided its characteristics are suitable for such application.
A-9.30.1.2.(1) Water Resistance
In some areas of buildings, water and other substances may frequently be splashed or spilled onto the floor. It is preferable, in such areas, that the finish flooring be a type that will not absorb moisture or permit it to pass through; otherwise, both the flooring itself and the subfloor beneath it may deteriorate. Also, particularly in food preparation areas and bathrooms, unsanitary conditions may be created by the absorbed moisture. Where absorbent or permeable flooring materials are used in these areas, they should be installed in such a way that they can be conveniently removed periodically for cleaning or replacement, i.e., they should not be glued or nailed down. Also, if the subfloor is a type that is susceptible to moisture damage (this includes virtually all of the wood-based subfloor materials used in wood-frame construction), it should be protected by an impermeable membrane placed between the finish flooring and the subfloor. The minimum degree of impermeability required by Sentence 9.30.1.2.(1) would be provided by such materials as polyethylene, aluminum foil, and most single-ply roofing membranes (EPDM, PVC).
A-9.31.6.2.(3) Securement of Service Water Heaters
Figure A-9.31.6.2.(3)
Securement of service water heater
Seismic bracing of hot water tank
“Guidelines for Earthquake Bracing of Residential Water Heaters” is available from the California Office of the State Architect and provides more detail and alternate methods of bracing hot water tanks to resist earthquakes.

contentHistory

A-9.32.1.2.(2) BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.1.(1) BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.3. BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.3.(2) BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.3.(3) BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.3.(5) BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.3.(10) BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.5. BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.6. BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.7. BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.8. BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.9. BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.10. BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.11. BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3.12. BC Deleted

contentHistory

A-9.32.3. Heating Season Mechanical Ventilation
Mechanical ventilation requirements in the change beginBy-lawchange end have evolved from a simple requirement in the 1970s that exhaust fans be incorporated in electrically heated houses, to more recent editions requiring automatically controlled exhaust systems sized by occupancy determined by the number of bedrooms in the dwelling unit. The fundamental approach of the change beginBy-lawchange end for a minimum residential ventilation system is to have both a low volume principal exhaust fan operated by an adjustable time control device in addition to manually controlled exhaust fans located in all bathrooms and kitchens. Natural air leakage of the building envelop provides make-up ventilation air, unless the dwelling unit contains vented appliances that are subject to back drafting or unless soil gas is a potential problem within the dwelling unit, in which case additional make-up air must be supplied from the exterior. This edition contains a detailed Appendix note describing the conditions that can lead to an "appliance that is subject to back drafting."
With modern construction materials and techniques, residential buildings have become progressively more draft free, which reduces uncontrolled air exchange. Where a higher level of indoor air quality is desired beyond that provided by Subsection 9.32.2., the designer may wish to apply CAN/CSA-F326. Compliance with this standard requires use of a continuous run fully distributed supply and exhaust system.
The following examples illustrate how the requirements for heating season mechanical ventilation can be met. The dwelling unit used in all of the examples is a house that has two storeys with 100 m2 on each floor, 3 bedrooms, 2 bathrooms and an open fireplace in the living room. The principal ventilation exhaust fan and a bathroom fan are shown as one fan unit because it is more practical to choose one fan that can meet both principal and bath exhaust requirements. That fan is controlled by both an interval timer and manual switching.
Examples A and B
Because the example dwelling unit contains an open fireplace which is considered a naturally aspirating fuel-fired vented appliance (NAFFVA), make-up air is required for the principal exhaust fan. Applicable change beginBy-lawchange end requirements for each type of system are described below followed by unique requirements and illustrations for each example.
The following change beginBy-lawchange end references apply to A and B type systems:
Example A illustrates a non-distributed ventilation system which can be used with any type of heating system. Because the house has a natural aspirating fuel fired vented appliance (open fireplace), this system requires passive make-up air for the principal ventilation exhaust fan.
In addition to the applicable change beginBy-lawchange end references listed above that are common to Example A and Example B, the following would also apply:
Figure A-9.32.3.-A
Non-distributed Mechanical Ventilation with any Heating System
Example B illustrates a distributed ventilation system applicable to any forced air heated dwelling unit. Because the house has a natural aspirating fuel-fired vented appliance (open fireplace and likely a gas-fired service water heater), active make-up air for the principal ventilation exhaust fan is required.
In addition to the applicable change beginBy-lawchange end references listed above that are common to Example A and Example B, the following would also apply:
Figure A-9.32.3.-B
Distributed Ventilation with a Forced-Air Heating System(1)
Notes to Figure A-9.32.3.-B:
(1)The interval control must be wired so the exhaust fan and furnace fan (and the motorized damper where winter design temp < -10°C) will all start simultaneously.

contentHistory

change beginA-9.32.3.4. Principal Ventilation System Supply Air
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(2)
Forced-Air Heating System Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(3)
Forced-Air Heating System with Heat Recovery Ventilator Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(4)
Heat Recovery Ventilator Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(5)(b)(i)
Central Recirculation System Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(5)(b)(ii)
Central Recirculation System Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(6)
Passive Supply Air Distribution
A-9.32.3.4.(6)(a)(ii) Floor Area Calculation for Passive Supply Air Distribution
The floor area to be calculated for Subclause 9.32.3.4.(6)(a)(ii) does not include sun porches, enclosed verandas, vestibules, attached garages, or other spaces that are outside the building envelope and do not require ventilation supply air.change end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.32.3.8.(1)(a) Deletedchange end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.32.4.1.(1) Naturally Aspirating Fuel-Fired Vented Appliance (NAFFVA)
NAFFVA, typically appliances with draft hoods, are subject to back drafting when a negative pressure condition occurs in the dwelling. The following tables describe the conditions under which Sentence 9.32.4.1.(1) applies:
Table A-9.32.4.1.(1)A.
Vent Safety — Natural Gas and Propane
Fuel Type Natural Gas and Propane
Vent Type Power Vent(3) Direct Vent(3) Thermal Buoyancy Chimney(2)
Appliance Type Furnace
Boiler
HWT
Fireplace		 HWT
Fireplace
Heater		 Mid-Efficient F/A
Furnace or Boiler(5)		 Drafthood Boiler
HWT(4)
Special Conditions     Located in Air-Barriered Room(1)
Classification Non-NAFFVA NAFFVA Non-NAFFVA
9.32.4.1.(1) Applies No Yes No
Notes to Table A-9.32.4.1.(1)A.:
(1) Mechanical room must be air-barriered from remainder of house with no access from within house. Room must be lined with panel products with sealed joints and all pipe and wire penetrations sealed. Effectively, the room must be finished before equipment is installed and holes drilled for pipes and wires. This option is not available for forced air furnaces as it is not possible to effectively seal the ducts.
(2) Thermal buoyancy chimneys must be within the heated envelope of the house to provide acceptable venting performance.
(3) Any power vented appliance with pressurized vent (1 pipe) or sealed combustion (2 pipe) or direct vent appliance (fireplace, heater or HWT) are non-NAFFVA.
(4) Mid-efficient (draft induced) appliances are considered NAFFVA with the exception of a boiler or HWT located in an air-barriered room.
(5) This category applies only to
  1. mid-efficient forced air furnaces equipped with induced draft fans and exhaust proving switch, and
  2. boilers equipped with induced draft fans and exhaust proving switch.
Table A-9.32.4.1.(1)B.
Vent Safety — Oil and Solid Fuel
Fuel Type Oil Solid
Vent Type Thermal Buoyancy
Chimney(2)		 Direct Vent Thermal Buoyancy
Chimney(2)		 Any
Appliance Type Boiler
HWT(4)		 F/A Furnace
Boiler
HWT(3),(4)		 F/A Furnace
Boiler
HWT		 Boiler F/A Furnace
Boiler
HWT
Fireplace
Heat Stove		 Outside Boiler
Special
Conditions		 Located in Air-
Barriered
Room(1)		     Located in
Air-Barriered
Room(1)		    
Classification Non-NAFFVA NAFFVA Non-NAFFVA Non-NAFFVA NAFFVA(5) N/A
9.32.4.1.(1) Applies No Yes No No Yes(5) Nochange end
Notes to Table A-9.32.4.1.(1)B.:
(1) Mechanical room must be air-barriered from remainder of house with no access from within house. Room must be lined with panel products with sealed joints and all pipe and wire penetrations sealed. Effectively, the room must be finished before equipment is installed and holes drilled for pipes and wires. This option is not available for forced air furnaces as it is not possible to effectively seal the ducts.
(2) Thermal buoyancy chimneys must be within the heated envelope of the house to provide acceptable venting performance.
(3) Oil-fired HWT, boilers and furnaces equipped with blocked vent switches.
(4) Sealed combustion kits can be added to oil-fired appliances but they switch to interior combustion air if intake is blocked and rely on barometrically dampered thermal buoyancy chimneys so they are considered NAFFVA.
(5) Wood-burning appliances certified for use in mobile homes and installed to mobile home installation standards are considered non-NAFFVA and Sentence 9.32.4.1.(1) does not apply to them.

contentHistory

A-9.32.4.2. Carbon Monoxide Alarms
Carbon monoxide (CO) is a colourless, odourless gas that can build up to lethal concentrations in an enclosed space without the occupants being aware of it. Thus, where an enclosed space incorporates or is near a potential source of CO, it is prudent to provide some means of detecting its presence.
Dwelling units have two common potential sources of CO:
Most fuel-fired heating appliances do not normally produce CO and, even if they do, it is normally conveyed outside the building by the appliance’s venting system. Nevertheless, appliances can malfunction and venting systems can fail. Therefore, the provision of appropriately placed CO alarms can improve safety in the dwelling unit is a relatively low-cost back-up safety measure.
Similarly, although Article 9.10.9.16. requires that the walls and floor/ceiling assemblies separating attached garages from dwelling units incorporate an air barrier system, there have been several instances of CO from garages being drawn into houses, which indicates that a fully gas-tight barrier is difficult to achieve. When the attached storage garage is located at or below the elevation of the living space, winter season stack action will generate a continuous pressure between the garage and the dwelling unit. This pressure is capable of transferring potentially contaminated air into the house. The use of exhaust fans in the dwelling unit may further increase this risk.
A-9.33.1.1.(2) BC Deleted

contentHistory

change beginA-9.33.4.3.(1) BC Deletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.33.5.3. Design, Construction and Installation Standard for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances
CAN/CSA-B365 is essentially an installation standard, and covers such issues as accessibility, air for combustion and ventilation, chimney and venting, mounting and floor protection, wall and ceiling clearances, installation of ducts, pipes, thimbles and manifolds, and control and safety devices. But the standard also includes a requirement that solid-fuel-burning appliances and equipment satisfy the requirements of one of a series of standards, depending on the appliance or equipment, therefore also making it a design and construction standard. It is required that cooktops and ovens as well as stoves, central furnaces and other space heaters be designed and built in conformity with the relevant referenced standard.
A-9.33.6.13. Return Air System
It is a common practice to introduce outdoor air to the house by means of an outdoor air duct connected to the return air plenum of a forced air furnace. This is an effective method and is a component of one method of satisfying the mechanical ventilation requirements of Subsection 9.32.3. However, some caution is required. If the proportion of cold outside to warm return air is too high, the resulting mixed air temperature could lead to excessive condensation in the furnace heat exchanger and possible premature failure of the heat exchanger. CAN/CSA-F326-M, “Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems,” requires that this mixed air temperature not be below 15.5°C when the outdoor temperature is at the January 2.5% value. It is also important that the outdoor air and the return air mix thoroughly before reaching the heat exchanger. Appendix Note A-9.32.3. provides some guidance on this.
A-9.33.10.2.(1) Factory-Built Chimneys
Under the provisions of Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, certain solid-fuel-burning appliances may be connected to factory-built chimneys other than those specified in Sentence 9.33.10.2.(1) if tests show that the use of such a chimney will provide an equivalent level of safety.
A-9.34.2. Lighting Outlets
The change beginBritish Columbia Electrical Safety Regulationchange end contains requirements relating to lighting that are similar to those in the change beginBy-lawchange end. The Electrical change beginSafety Regulationchange end requirements, however, apply only to residential occupancies, whereas many of the requirements in the change beginBy-lawchange end apply to all Part 9 buildings. change beginBy-lawchange end users must therefore be careful to ensure that all applicable provisions of the change beginBy-lawchange end are followed, irrespective of the limitations in the Electrical change beginSafety Regulationchange end.

contentHistory

change beginA-9.35.2.2.(1) Garage Floor
Sources of ignition, such as electrical wiring and appliances, can set off an explosion if exposed to gases or vapours such as those that can be released in garages. This provision applies where the frequency and concentration of such releases are low. Where the garage can accommodate more than 3 vehicles, and where wiring is installed within 50 mm of the garage floor, the British Columbia Electrical Safety Regulation, pursuant to the Safety Standards Act should be consulted as it specifies more stringent criteria for wiring.
The capacity of the garage is based on standard-size passenger vehicles such as cars, mini-vans and sport utility vehicles, and half-ton trucks. In a typical configuration, the capacity of the garage is defined by the width of the garage doors—generally single or double width—which correlates to the number of parking bays.
In many constructions, floor areas adjacent to the garage are either above the garage floor level or separated from it by a foundation wall. Where the foundation wall is cast-in-place concrete and rises at least 50 mm above the garage floor, it can serve as the airtight curb. Where the foundation wall is block or preserved wood, extra measures may be needed to provide airtightness. In many instances, the construction will be required to be airtight to conform with Sentence 9.25.3.1.(1), and in any case, must comply with Sentences 9.10.9.16.(4) and (5).
Where the space adjacent to the garage is at the same level as the garage, a 50 mm curb or partition is not needed if the wall complies with Sentences 9.10.9.16.(4) and (5), and there is no connecting door. Where there is a connecting door, if the garage floor is not sloped towards the exterior, it must be raised at least 50 mm off the floor or be installed so it closes against the curb. This requirement does not preclude the installation of a ramp leading from the garage floor up to the door.
In some instances, access to the basement is via a stair from the garage. In such cases, a curb must be installed at the edge of the stair well and must be sealed to the foundation wall, curb or partition between the garage and adjacent spaces.
See Figure A-9.35.2.2.(1).
Figure A-9.35.2.2.(1)
Curb around garage floor at stairschange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.1.1.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.1.2.(2) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.1.2.(3) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.1.2.(4) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.1.3. change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.1.3.(3) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.36.1.3.(5) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.1.(2) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.2.(3) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.2.(5) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.3.(2) and (3) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.3.(5) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.4.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.4.(3) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.4.(4) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.5.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.5.(2) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.5.(3) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.5.(5) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.5.(6) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.5.(8) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.6.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.6.(3) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.7.(1) and (2) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-Table 9.36.2.7.A. change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.7.(3) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.8.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-Tables 9.36.2.8.A. and B. change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.8.(2) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.8.(4) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.8.(9) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.9.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.9.(5) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.9.(6) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.10.(5)(b) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.10.(7)(a) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.10.(9) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.10.(14) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.11. change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.11.(2) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.11.(2) and (3) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.11.(3) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.11.(4) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.2.11.(6)(a) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.2.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.2.(2) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.2.(5) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.3.(4) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.4.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.4.(2) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.5.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.6.(7) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.8. change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.8.(4)(a) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.9.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.9.(3) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.10.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.3.10.(3) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.4.2.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.4.2.(3) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.4.6.(2) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.2. change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.3.(2) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.4.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.4.(2) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.4.(7) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.5.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.6.(6) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.6.(11) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.7.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.7.(5) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.8.(5) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.9.(1) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.10.(2) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.10.(9)(c)(ii) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.10.(11) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.11.(9) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.11.(10) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.11.(11) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.12.(2) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.14.(10) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.15.(5) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.15.(6) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.36.5.15.(8) change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.36.6.2.(1)(f) Auxiliary HVAC Equipment
This category of equipment generally includes cooling tower fans, humidifiers and other devices that do not directly fall under one of the other categories listed in Sentence 8.4.2.2.(1) of the NECB.
A-9.36.6.3.(2) Airtightness Testing for Step 1
Although there is no airtightness requirement for buildings conforming to the requirements of Step 1, these buildings must still be tested in accordance with Article 9.36.6.5. and their air barriers must meet the requirements of Subsection 9.25.3.
Buildings conforming to the requirements of Step 1 must also conform to Subsection 9.36.5. Although Sentence 9.36.5.10.(9) provides the option of using the airtightness as tested in the energy modelling, using the result in the energy model is not required.
A-9.36.6.4.(2)(b) EnerGuide Rating System
Although not a requirement of the British Columbia Building Code, users of the EnerGuide Rating System (ERS) must be energy advisors registered and in good standing with Natural Resources Canada in accordance with the EnerGuide Rating System Administrative Procedures and must adhere to the technical standards and procedures of the ERS. These standards and procedures are available through Natural Resources Canada and include program requirements for energy modelling using the ERS.
A-9.36.6.4.(2)(c) NECB
Although the energy model calculation methods of the NECB are permitted to be used, the results of those calculations must reflect the definitions and the requirements related to mechanical energy use intensity, thermal energy demand intensity, and peak thermal load as set out in Articles 9.36.6.2.and 9.36.6.3., and not the Annual Energy Consumption as required by Part 8 of the NECB.
A-9.36.6.4.(4) Air Leakage Rate in Energy Model Calculations
For Step 1 buildings, airtightness testing must be performed as required by Sentence 9.36.6.3.(2) and reported as required by Division C, but there is no minimum level of airtightness required. See Sentence 9.36.5.10.(9) for requirements for the airtightness value to be used in the energy model calculations for Step 1 buildings using Subsection 9.36.5.
For buildings that must conform to the requirements of any of Steps 2 to 5, higher than expected air leakage may require the building design to be altered and the energy model calculations to be repeated. Alternatively, the air leakage rate could be retested after making alterations to the air barrier system to attain the desired air leakage rate.change end
A-9.37.1.1. change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

A-9.37.1.2. change beginDeletedchange end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.37.2.3.(1) Deletedchange end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.36.2.6. Deletedchange end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.37.2.8. Deletedchange end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.37.2.14. Deletedchange end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.36.2.15. and 16. Deletedchange end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.37.2.17. Deletedchange end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.36.2.19. Deletedchange end

contentHistory

change beginA-9.37.2.20. Deletedchange end

contentHistory